13 Home Treatment

or THE

OF

SIAMENE

Home A

Treatment

guide for those

uho

seek

HEALTH

By

M.

D. L.

ALLEN, M.

D,

OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT COMPANY 1904

Entered According to Act

{'jT'^V

M. D.

L.

of

Congress

in the

Year

190^,

by

AIvLEN, M. D.

In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at

Washington.

Contents, IXTRODUCTIOX

Mv

7

Convictions and Siamkne System of

Chapter

I.

Home Treatment.

— Siamone Pliilosophy of Disease and

Its

9

.

Cure

11

Reference Column

16

Chart Xo. — Description of Siamene 19 Chapter — Description of Siamene Treating- Chart Xo. 25 Chapter — Xotes Kxphunin<^r Charts Xos. and 31 Chapter —Description of Siamene Treating Chart 45 Chapter — Description of Siamene Treating Chart Xo. IV. 46 — ^Method of Making an Examination Chapter 49 Chapter AT — Temperaments and Manipulations 55 Chapter IX. — Siamene Xerve Food 69 Chapter X. — General Treatment 71 Chapter XI. — Plates and on ]Vlovements 76 Chapter XII. — Mental Medicine 127 Chapter XIII. — Relation of Mental and Physical Culture 134 Chapter XIV. — Hydrotherapy 186 Chapter XV. — Siamene Remedies J98 Chapter X\I. — Diseases: Their Symptoms and Treatment .... 204 a Nutshell Chapter XVII. — Dietetics 247 Chapter X\TII. — Poisons 250 Chapter XIX. — Emergencies 259 Chapter XX. — Caring for the Sick-room 265

Chapter

Treatini;-

II.

I

II..

III. I\".

II

I

\'.

X^o. III.

.

\'I.

.

.

\"II.

11.

X^otes

in

'.

.

3

List of Illustrations. Frontispiece of Authnr ^7 Siamene Treating Chart No. I 24 Siamene Treating Chart No. II 44 Siamene Treating Cliart No. Ill 47 Siamene Treating Chart No. IV 77 Plate No. I. General Treatment of Neck 7° Plate No. 2. General Treatment of Neck (Continued ) 81 General Treatment of Neck (Continued) Plate No. 3. 82 Plate No. 4. General Treatment of Neck (Continued) 85 Plate No. 5. Treatment for the Ear 86 Plate No. '6.\. Vibration of Temple.'; and Forehead 89 Petrassaging Temples and luirehead Plate No. 6b. 9° Plate No. 7A. Treatment of the Nose 93 Continued Plate No. 7B. Treatment of the Nose 94 Plate No. 8. Treatment of Superorbital Nerve 97 Plate No. 9. Treatment for Spreading and Stimulating Nostrils 98 Plate No. 10. Treatment of the Back Muscles of the Neck ^^^ Plate No. 1 1 A. Raising the Clavicle ^02 Plate No. I IB. Rotation of the Shoulder ^°5 Plate No. 12. Expansion of the Chest 106 Plate No. 13. Raising Front Ends of Ribs and Stretching Diaphragm ^09 Plate No. 14. Expansion of Upper Chest no Plate No. 15. General Treatment of All the Spinal Sympalhetics ^^3 Adjustment of the Ribs Plate No. 16. "4 Plate No. 17. Treatment of the Throat ^ ^7 Kidney Treatment Plate No. 18. ^^8 Plate No. 19. Treatment of Rectum I2I Plate No. 20. Treatment of the Back Bones 122 Plate No. 21. Treatment for Diarrhea and Flux 125 Stretching the Sciatic Nerve Plate No. 22. M3 Plate B I. Standing Fortrait

(

Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate

)

^44 ^^7

B 2. Sitting B 3- Lying B 4. Kneeling B 5. Active Rotation of Feet in Sitting Position B 6. Active Rotation of Feet in Standing Position B 7. Active Rotation of the Knees B 8. Active Rotation of the Thigh B 9. Active Rotation of the Bodv on Thigh-joint B 10. Active Rotation of the Body on the Hips B 1. Active Rotation Near the Middle of the Back B 12. Active Rotation of Shoulder-blade B 13. Active Rotation of the Hands B 14. Active Rotation of the Elbow B 15. Active Rotation of the Whole Arm B 16. Active Rotation of Neck on Shoulder B 17. Active Rotation of Head on Neck B i8a. Standing Position B i8b. Standing Position (Continued) B i8c. Standing Position (Continued) B 19A. Liver, Spleen and Bowels B 19B. Liver, Spleen and Bowels (Continued)

M» 151

152 I5^ 156 I59 160 163 164 167 168

1

17^

172 I7S 176 I79 180 183 184 5

Human ITS

Life

IMPORTANCE AND PRESERVATION. home

In presenting this volume of is

treatment, the writer

overwhehiied with the vast importance of

From mind

human

we hear

to the pinnacles of the objective reason,

sounding that humanity

is

hfe.

chamhers of the subhminal

the depths of the secret

re-

the focusing center of the universe,

and that thinking people are the mediums through which the

mighty message of

We

life is

from continent

flashed

to continent.

from the observatory of objective reason that the growth and power of the nation depend upon the propalearn

gation, perfection,

We

and preservation of human

that

realize

human

life

life.

and unfoldment,

minimum in the cradle to its maximum in the human character, depends upon the influences of home, directed and guided by the

The home is

is

to be studied

This

little life,

and the

know

spirit

not

state of

tender, flexible,

of growth,

how

its

is

its

perfections in a w^ell-ordered

intelligent mother.

the garden in which this

and reared to

from

little

human

plant

highest state of perfection.

and endowed with the powder

too often in unskilled hands, that

and keep

to cherish, cultivate,

growth and unfoldment.

it

in a healthy

The mother has

the care

of the tender plants in their infancy, and through her knowl-

edge of the interdependence of their mental laws and physical structure, she is enabled to give them the proper setting, tempering them to the sunshine of love and patience, and to assist in their grow^th physically, mentally,

morally and spir-

itually.

At

all

times the mother

edge of the foundation ment.

is

This consciousness

will

reader vivid experiences in his for the

in

work of

need of a perfected knowl-

child care

and human unfold-

bring to the mind of the life,

in

which the heart bled

want of the knowledge and means

at

hand 7

to relieve

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

8

a meml)er of the family from sickness, pain, or impending death, in

tlie

With

ahsence of the family physician.

working along the various human garden, hand in hand

the writer's experience,

avenues and by-ways of this

with the good husbandmen of these

toil,

sipping

its

vintage,

them the sorrows and pleasures from

alike with

we

of

fields

feel

keenly the demands of their daily

We

realize that this

human

life.

plant contains the principles

of unfoldment, growth and expansion, and, gi\en the power

and wisdom of adai)tation

to

environment and phenomenal

development, bud, blossom, and

a

in

life

with abundant health, happiness, and usefulness.

blessed

Xo

result

will

fruit

how

one can appreciate more keenly than we

the parent

is

and

structure

in

need of a laws

the

likened unto the harp with

At any time of the parent

may

little

knowledge of the

specific

governing

often

this

human

little

many thousand

life,

strings.

the day, or in the dead hours of

night,

flie

be called to the bedside of the infant or

may

child to administer relief measures that, perhaps,

hinge upon which

its

or even

future health,

its

be the

life,

may

depend. It

is

the vivid

life

experience covering a space of thirty

years that moves the writer to prepare this volume.

Each man builds

own world, and in that each forms To come into harmony with all the

his

a chain of sequence.

higher laws and forces controlling the mind and body, and to

work

in

conjunction with them,

This

this sequence.

the

is

is

to

the secret of

anatomy of the human body and

vital parts

sentences.

and so

have been concealed It is

the writer's

in

aim

come

into the chain of

Heretofore,

health.

all

the

functions of the

Latin phrases and obscure

to point

them out

clearly that even a child can understand.

purpose to point them out that every-day

life,

or

make

to relieve the suffering

all

can

infuse

so simply It

is

them

our into

use of them at any time or place,

and

distressed,

whether

in

a palace.

iioMK

si.\.Mi-:xi-:

home,

jniblic

may

he foinid.

That sickness and

can thus he controlled

i)ain

is

it

the ohject of the author of this

the reader and instruct

My

him

is

not a

hut a matter of i)ositive fact;

niatter of si)eculati\"e theor\-.

and

9

or in the most hiimhle hovel, or where-

jilace.

soever sickness

tri-:at.mi-:.\t.

volume

to

guide

this great system.

in

Convictions AND

SIAMENE SVSTP:M OF HOME TREATMENT. I

believe in an independence of thought.

I

believe that every

human being

an integral part of

is

the divine Creator, a free moral agent, and as such should

think for himself in

own

pertaining to his

matters,

all

more

especially in matters

Health

personal health.

niind I iii

is

the natural plane for

believe in

all

the divine

is

function of the inner self; health of body and

harmony of

creatures.

freedom of thought and freedom of action

studying and practicing natural laws and applying natural

remedies. I

believe

it

knowledge of able

him

is

the duty of every person to attain sufficient

his physical

to keep his

body

structure and mental laws to en-

and

in a state of health

his

mind

in poise. I

believe that

all

the

power there

is

to

heal

a

man

is

fr)und within him. I

believe, advocate,

applying sick,

all

and that

harmony

all

means

that have their origin

with, the inner self should

that objective I

and put to practice the principles of

available measures of treating ourselves Avhen

means should be the

believe the greatest

selves is to permit

sin

we

first

last

in,

and are

in

be put to practice; resort.

can commit against our-

our minds to become unbalanced, biased,

and prejudiced, thus destroying the physical eciuilihrium and mental poise.

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

]0 I

believe

the duty of the head of every family to

is

it

acquire sufficient knowledge of the

human body and laws

governing the same to enable him to

call into action the

hminal powers within,

and

to

apply simple and

objective remedial agents in the early stages of

all

sub-

eflfective

mental and

physical diseases.

were the condition, most

If such

of the suffering, loss

all

of health, lingering and chronic diseases, and great fruitless

expenditure of I

money would be

condemn an

To

exclusive,

who

those

all

avoided.

egotistic,

narrow

are in need of this do

I

practice.

most sincerely

dedicate these pages. ""step

by step one goes very far."

The Siamene System lations,

Home

of

tion of the triune powers,

— mental

Treatment

and chemical action of drugs.

First

physiology of the

the combina-

manipu-

embraces

It

:

underlying principles of anatomy and

Sufficient

:

is

laws, mechanical

human

constitution,

and laws governing

the same, for practical use.

Second

The mental

:

laws,

combined

with

mechanical

manipulations of the body, to give tone to the nerves, remove pressure, thereby stimulating the circulation of the blood.

Third

The combination

:

and physical Fourth

:

of mental

powers,

breathing,

exercise.

Mental medicine, which gives power of concenthought power, and teaches how^ to use

tration, strengthens

thoughts to give health, happiness, friends, and wealth. Fifth

We

:

have the hydropathic system

in a condensed,

but none the less effective, form to meet indications that can not be easily met by other systems of treatment.

Sixth list

owm

:

We

have selected from the rare and well-tested

of drugs the

l)est

formulas in a

in the various

bactericides, prepared

scientific

germ

them under our

manner, to meet the indications

diseases.

You Can Not

Fail

that far end

To which

life and change and progress Shape your destiny,

You can There

is

not

fail.

no place

Where nature

errs

There arc no laws That of expression

fail

o elements mistake affinities; ou can not fail.

'Xo

sun that with its myriad host Illumines space is there in vain ;

No atom

under foot

But that

fulfils

Its perfect part.

Suns bum out and systems end. But not for naught. A lofty joy of Being thrills Ere they depart,

And changes come To light some more You can not fail.

supernal day.

"Time spreads

Man

wrecks

its

Across the world

;

builds to-day,

But ere his thought

Has reached completion Oblivion's approaching night Soon claims his work Yet not in vain.

Each thought and

act

Was And

of realization full. ideals vanish only At the dawn of higher ones. You can not fail.

"Ages unfold their plan That you may rise. In ceaseless toil and labor

Man And

has wrought, time and change Have swept their works away

But

in

Result

That

the heart and

mind

remains

lifts

the soul

To higher planes. You can not fail. "No

cliange,

no circumstance.

Defeats the end

To which you

live.

The

past and future culminate In your eternal Now.

What you may be. What shall attain. Naught e'er can change For in perfection of the whole Is

every part involved. can not fail."

You

Chapter

I.

THE SIAMKM-: PHlLOSOl'llV OF AND ITS CURE. 1.

Disease

the result

is

(if

uiihealtliy

DISHASL:

thoughts (Hrected to

Disc:i>e

the physical organs of the body, consciously or unconsciously. 2.

Health

the result of healthy thought directed to the

is

Health

physical organs of the body, consciously or unconsciously. 3.

Thoughts are consciously or imconsciously healthy or

Tiuntgiits

unhealthy. 4.

These thoughts

affect certain portions of the brain that

bear a specific relation to the thought. 5.

spinal cord

ruovgut

to the spinal sympathetic centers (par. 6i).

impu'^es

These thoughts send impulses through the

and synipathetics

from whence they are distributed the

body by the 6.

to the different

organs of

spinal sympathetic nerves.

are healthy, they send liealthy im-

If these thoughts

pulses to the spinal sympathetic nerves,

whose action

is

thereby

strengthened. 7.

If these

thoughts are unhealthy, they send unhealthy

impulses to the spinal sympathetic nerves, whose action

is

thereby weakened. 8.

To

illustrate: If there

is

a fear thought,

in the lobe of the brain that contains the faculty

caution.

This thought

is

it

(

originates

par.

250) of

transmitted from that part of the

brain to the spinal sympathetic centers,

from whence

it

is

distributed to the different organs of the body, and a corres-

ponding weakness ensues. In like manner,

if

Caution

the thought

or any other specific thought,

brain that bears its

its specific

it

is is

a depressor.

a defensive, alimentive,

originates in the lobe of the

relation to the thought,

and sends

impulses to the spinal synipathetics, impressing the

grozi'th of the

body according

to the thought. II

eell

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

12

lence the old adage, "Tell

1

will xcrvcs

Control

you what he

tell

9.

The nerves

])ioo(i

a

man

thinks,

and

I

is."

control

tlie

hlood-vessels that circulate the

blood contains red and white blood corpuscles.

'fi^e

The one

me what

contains the vital element of

The

nutritive element.

life

and the other the

red blood corpuscles are called eryth-

rocvtes and the white blood coriniscles are called leucocytes. 10.

It

tolhnvs

tliat

as the ner\-e action

is

strengthened by

healthy thoughts, the leucocytes are accordingly strengthened ti>

increased action. 11.

If the nerve action is

weakened by unhealtliy thoughts,

the leucocytes are accordingly

work necessary Germs

12.

some

cjuantities of

germs of

we

Each

eat,

and

drink. species of these

germs has

portion of the body.

certain

do the

species

different

atmosphere which we breathe, the food we

the water 13.

to

to sustain a healthy condition of the body.

Innumerable

infest the

weakened and unable

a specific affinity to

upon reaching

If,

portion, the leucocytes are in a strengthened condition,

tue of a normal and healthy action of

tlie

nerves,

by

that vir-

the germs

are overpow-ered. 14.

On

the other hand,

if

the leucocytes are weak, by vir-

tue of not being sustained by normal nerve action, the

germs

overpower the leucocytes and establish an independent colony of their own. 15.

Here

the

and swelling the

germs

set

up a fermentive process, inflaming

tissues, irritating the tine

ramify them, thus extending their

nerve textures that

territorial

supremacy, and

barricading their boundary walls, thereby shutting off the circulation of the blood, so that the leucocytes can not disturb their colonizing process.

This

irritation

extends

along

the

nerve

to

the

spinal

sympathetic nerve center that supplies the affected part,

and

causes contraction and tenderness of muscles and tissues adjacent to lefiicinca

16.

tlie

Wheu

ner\e center. niediciual

remedies are used, thev effect their

cure

I'liii.osoi'iiN'

si.\.Mi:xi-:

Till-:

the circulation of the

tlii"oui;"h

axd

diskasi-:

oi-

its ci'rr.

Now,

IjKtoil.

the cir-

it

culation of the leuc(K\vtes, or scaveng-ers. in the blood off

from

to

reach

remedy

that

and

the disease

is

shut

ini])()ssil)le

is

immediate

an

effect

it

by the

ciu-e

alone.

We

17.

of the hody affected,

i)ni-tiini

it,

know

the j4erm

that

cause the circtilation

is

allowed to propagate be-

is

poor; the circtilation

the nerves are weak; the nerves are

weak

is

poor Ijecause

Ijecause unhealthy

impulses are sent from the brain; these unhealthy impulses

come from unhealthy Therefore,

18.

licaUh

t/ioiti^/its

III

thouj^hts.

order

in list

to

rxist

first

i)ar. (

(m

have become

)

relief,

they in turn send healthy

;

These nerve centers along the

impulses to the nerve centers. s])ine

immediate

an

eft'ect

and have contracted the

irritated,

muscles into hard cord-like knots; they must be relaxed by

and

manipulations,

mechanical

normal condition,

a

in

in

order that the healthv impulses from the brain can strengthen tlie

ner\e.,

As soon

19-

as the

normal action of the nerve

immediately the circulation are able to break

down

and restoration of

lost

is

Then

improved.

To

20.

germ

the It

illustrate

that infest the

Then

function begins.

is

Among

:

germ

l)ortion of the body.

the

many

peculiar affinity

that ])ropagates It

is

the

the medicinal

result.

human body, we have

that has a

a deadly

the leucocytes

the barricade estal)lished by the germs,

remedies used are enabled to effect their

germs

set up,

is

the piicuiiio-coccits,

for the

and thrives

germ

foreign

of

species

lung

tissues.

no other

in

that sprouts the fungi

that produces inflammation of the lung tissue, pneumonia. \\

hen this germ finds lodgment

in the circulation,

any one of the three avenues of ingress.

and migrates to the lung below

the

function, set

up

air,

through

food, or water,

where the

vital

forces are

normal condition, by virtue of impaired nerve

they find

their

rjuantities,

tissues,

—

fertile

process of

soil

in

which

fermentatif)n.

to colonize.

propagating

in

They large

inflaming and swelling the tissues, irritating the

iicnith

SIAMEXE HOME TREAPMEXT.

14 fine

nerve filaments that ramify the tissues, thus barricading

against normal blood flow.

Hence, by virtue of this barricaded condition of the lung tissues,

medical profession

the

have not been

point,

remedies one that

to

aljle

from a therapeutical stand-

from the many medical

select

able to enter this infected region of lung

is

and destroy the fungi.

tissue

Home

In the Siamene System of

nerve centers that have a

specific

Treatment,

we

treat the

influence over the infected

part of the lung, taking off the pressure that sustains the barricade, permitting the normal blood to flow through the parts. If the blood is

not otherwise normal,

is

it

follows that there

pressure on other nerve cepters than the ones that supply

the lung.

Through

the Siamene System of recognizing dis-

and the pressure

eases, these conditions also are recognized,

removed.

What

true of the p)icumo-cocci

is

germ

other foreign

that infests the

also true

is

human

THE AVENUES OF IXGRESS AND

gain access to the yientany

22.

First

(caution

human

Through

:

EGRESS.

system.

the mental processes, fear

and combativeness).

much

or too

of

diseases.

all

body.

There are but four avenues through which diseases

21.

Ingress

of every

little

These,

combined with too

of other forces, constitute the primal causes

Owing

to the interdependence of mind, brain,

and nerve, misdirected tlwngJiis n'cakcn nerves, cause weak zi'aste

and anger

organs,

zveak

organs

tolerate

li'eak

zvaste

nerves

material,

material makes fruitful soil for the propagation

of

foreign germs.

Mouth

23. stuffs,

Second: Through the mouth, mixed with the food enter

many

varieties

various parts of the body,

of germs that

migrate to the

which

them congenial

furnisli

environment and sustenance (page 224). xose

24.

Third

:

Through

the nose, gaining access to the blood

AND

SIAMKM-: rillLOSOlMIV OF DISEASE

Till-:

nuijous surfaces of

ihrous^ii the

tlie

ITS CURE.

air passages

and

I5

of

cells

lungs.

tlie

Fourth

25.

:

The

and

skin, including stings, bites, bruises,

ski,,

forms of venerial diseases.

all

There are only

26.

can be eliminated from the 27. first

iMrst

and

avenues through which disease

five

human

Through mental

:

Healthy

last.

Second

28.

:

system of the cluding germs, 29.

Third

:

system.

create

tlioiigJifs

healthy

Mcnoiiiy

acts.

liealthy results.

The alimentary canal is The bulk of the body. is

Health

ojDeration.

thoughts

Healthy acts always precede

i^srcss

the great sewerage w^aste material,

so^veis

in-

eliminated through this avenue.

The

skin

is

the next most important sewerage,

skw

eliminating a different substance, poisonous to the blood. 30.

Fourth

:

The

kidneys, eliminating

still

another class

Kidneys

of poisonous material causing blood poison, gout, and rheu-

matism. 31.

Fifth

:

The

lungs, eliminating the carbon dioxide, a

poison accumulating in the blood as an ash or soot, the result of

as

combustion of a portion of the various elements taken

food. If these five

dition, there is

sewerage systems are kept

no sickness.

in a healthy con-

Lungs

REFERENCE COLUMN FOR CHARTS NOS. NOTES.

I

AND

II

^=

Cervical Region

Note Base of Brain

Eye Ear Tongue, Throat, Fauces Circulation,

Diphtheria, Weak Voice Cerebral Circulation .

Eye

.

Fever, Catarrh .

.

.

Muscles, Twitching

Heart, Palpitation, Beat

Stomach

Epigastric Region Solar Plexus

Lungs Heat and Chills Liver, Spleen Kidneys

....

Bladder and Urethra Upper Bowels Lower Bowels, Diarrhea

.

.

Appendicitis Pelvic Organs Sciatic Ceriter

Generative Organs Uterus, Labor

Vagina, Testicle, and Ovaries

Rectum Anal Muscles * Refer to paragraph 51.

AND THEIR

Siamene Treating Chart No. I.

Dorsal

--"

V **. » iM

-—

•

——

Lumbar

Sacral

Chapter

II.

DESCRIPTION OF SIAMPZNE TREATING CHART NO.

The Sianiene Treating Chart No.

32.

I

is

I.

an anatomical

chart designed to assist the reader in studying and under-

own

standing his

fulfilment of that

zeal in the

when the

body, and to infuse

liis

mind with

maxim, "Know

rhe Design ctmrt no.

a greater

thyself,"

and

studied in connection with Charts Nos. II and III and

accompanying

of his

own

knowledge

all

it

enlarges the scope of knowledge

physical structure and enables in helping himself

It is also

tion of

notes,

and

him

his fellow

to apply this

men.

designed as a landmark and guide for the loca-

the spinal bones and ribs, as well as

sympathetic nerves (pars. 58, 59, and 60), and

with

in connection

its

all

the spinal

when

studied

notes and Charts Nos. II and III.

it

is

an index to the human body for the Siamene Manipulative Treatment. designed to illustrate a posterior view of the

It is further

anatomy of the and harmony column, in

ribs,

spinal sympathetic nerves

to

all

adjacent

tissues;

and

muscles, skin, head and face; and

connection with Chart No. II

the

when

spinal

studied

illustrates the simplicity

it

of applying the Siamene Physical

their relation

namely,

Movements

to the nerve

centers along the spinal cord to control the circulation of the

blood in the body organs in health and in disease. 33.

the

The

first

and most important feature of

column (back-bone).

spinal

It

is

a column of bones,

leading from the head to the base of the body.

bones are large and strong and dition,

the constitution

tained than

it

in

be,

If the

is

much

better

sus-

because the back-bone

the foundation of the body. 2

back

a perfectly healthv con-

of the patient

would otherwise

this chart is

19

is

sphmi column

at i

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

20 34.

There are thirty-one bones

in the spinal

vided into four sections, as follows 35.

The

the cervical

section,

first

36.

The second

region,

embraces the

The

37.

next

third

The

38.

the ribs (i to 12).

all

section,

five bones, the

the dorsal region, embraces the

section,

next twelve bones and

the lumbar region, embraces the

small of the back (i to 5).

fourth section,

the sacral region,

sacrum, the great wedge-bone,

and the coccyx, the

5),

Region

di-

seven bones, the neck (i to 7).

first

The

39.

Cervical

column,

:

spines

(F,

five sections in

tail-bone,

F)

two

in

embraces the

number

( i

back of the neck, the

in the

to

number. cer-

\ical region, are represented as being twisted, since the face is

turned to the

left,

bringing into view the

first,

second, third and fourth vertebrae.

fifth,

sixth,

of the

left side

The

spines of the

and seventh are represented with a posterior and

right lateral half view.

The head being turned

40.

the

first,

second,

left

side,

and

third,

their connection with the cranial nerves

that supply the eye, nose, mouth, ear, and throat. right side of the second, third, fourth,

bones

may

fifth, sixth,

and seventh

be seen the cervical nerves as they emerge from

that supplies the

nerves, as they

41.

Flap of Skin

fifth,

arm and hand.

emerge from the

Accompanying the

spinal cord,

are seen the

(d) and veins (e).

arteries

The Dissected

the

seventh and eighth, entering into the brachial plexus

c)

(c,

(C)

On

the spinal cord between the bones, the last four, the sixth,

view

to the left brings into

and fourth cervical nerves on the

In the cervical region on the

of skin dissected from the

first

side there

is

a flap

bone of the neck down

to the

left

first

dorsal vertebra, and across to the shoulder, forming a

flap

(A, A, A), exposing the small arteries (d), veins (e),

and

fine

filaments of nerves

the touch of the Dorsal

42.

Kesion

spines

(c),

proving their nearness to

hand while manipulating.

In the dorsal region are

shown

the twelve posterior

(F, F), and to their right, adjoining them, are the

DESCRIPTIOX OF SIAMENE TREATING CHART NO. twelve

halves

lateral

rii;ht

section of the ribs

Emerging from

of the

G) attached

(G,

the spinal

I.

2

1

with a short

vertelir;v,

thereto.

column between the vertebrae and

the ribs are seen the spinal sympathetic nerves (intercostal)

and veins

(d),

arteries

(c),

passing out around the

(e),

body. In the luml)ar region are the spines (F, F) and right

43.

halves of

lateral

the vertebrae

all

and

left

lateral

halves of

Liimhar Region

the fourth and fifth vertebrae (2 and i).

Emerging from are the nerves 44.

the spinal

(c),

arteries

column between the (d), and veins

vertebrae

and

(e).

In the sacral region are the right lateral halves of the

and coccygeal bones.

sacral

Emerging from 45.

It

also

Region

the sacrum are seen the sacral nerves (c),

and veins

arteries (d),

(e).

shows where a section of the skin on the

side has been dissected

from the seventh dorsal vertebra

left

to the

lower end of the spine, leaving the superficial layer of muscles (B),

the

A

46.

lular

sympathetic nerves

and veins (e) of that

muscle

is

side

(c),

fibers,

tendon

cellular

cord,

is

inclosed in a thin grayish cel-

an aggregation of bundles of

membrane, which

In this illustration

is

invests muscles

is

fibers

of thin

and forms a fibrous

attached to a bone.

shown

the attachment of the muscles

to the spines of the

back bones.

47.

There are eight pairs of nerves

48.

In the dorsal region there are twelve pairs of nerves,

in the cervical region.

corresponding to the twelve ribs and vertebrae. 49.

In the lumbar region there are

50.

In the sacral region there are six pairs of nerves, five

sacral

five pairs

of nerves.

and one coccygeal.

These nerves are also in Chart

of Skin

Museles

and Tendons

by which a muscle

and tendons (B)

Portion

small

membrane.

A

Dissected

exposed to view.

an organ of motion, consisting of red

or bundles of red

fibers,

of

filaments

fine

arteries (d)

SacrnI

No.

illustrated

11.

on the right

side of this chart;

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

22 K'cicrencc

Column

51.

Oil

tlic

pagc oppositc Treating Chart No.

index (Reference Column), divided into

numbers

in the first

five

column headed "Notes"

I

columns.

refer to the

is

an

The num-

bers of the notes in chapter "Notes Explaining Charts Nos. I

and

II."

The numbers

in the second

column

refer to the

nerves in the cervical region, and are explained in the accom-

panying note.

The numbers

columns refer

in

like

in the dorsal,

manner

lumbar and sacral

as the cervical column.

The

nerves under each of these heads refer to the nerves of that

region and combine to influence the special portion of the

body that

is

explained in the note of reference.

b\

Ccrvhitl

^--1

Siamene Treating No.

Chart II.

Note.

— The

Sth nerve in cervical region

is

omitted.

Chapter

III.

DESCRIPTION OF SIAMENE TREATING CHART NO. 52.

II.

The Siamene Treating Chart No.

cliart desig-ned to ilhistrate a side

and

thetic nerves

all

II is

an anatomical

view of the spinal sympa-

of their ganglia (nerve centers), the

length of the spinal column and their relation to ternal

full

the in-

all

organs.

Before we proceed farther,

it

nervous system, that the reader

would be well

may have

to define the

a clearer under-

standing of the chart and the following chapters. 53.

Nerves are organs of thread-like structures, extend-

.verves

ing from the brain and spinal cord throughout the body, stimulating action and

conveying sensations to the brain.

(Also see par. 65.) 54.

clear

For our purpose

in

this

text,

in

make

order to

it

and comprehensive, we avoid the more minute and com-

xervous

system

plicated structure of the nervous system, describing only that

which divide

will be of use to the reader in this

work

hence,

;

we

nervous system into two divisions, the central

the

system and the general system. 55.

The

spinal cord,

central nervous system embraces the brain

and constitutes the centers that receive

tion and give 56.

The

spinal nerves, 57.

brain,

The

This system

is

divided into cranial

cranial

II,

nerves,

nerves are given off directly from the

and are divided into twelve

Chart

the nerves

all


System

and sympathetic nerves.

(par. 40, Chart 71,

sensa-

all

centmi •''>ste//i

off all motion.

general nervous system embraces

of the body.

and

I,

pairs.

The

facial

nerve

C), the great pneumogastric nerve (par.

x), and the superorbital nerve (par. 221), are

the three principal nerves of this division which enter into this text. 25

crauiai

Serves

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

26

There are thirty-one pairs of spinal (motor) nerves,

58.

Spinal

\erves

correspondini^ to the thirty-one bones of the vertebral column.

They have

and emerge from

their origin in the spinal cord,

it

on either side from between the bones of the vertebral column. Nerves

The sympathetic (sensory) nerves

59.

Synij>atlivtic

are a pair of gan-

(knots or centers) nerves, consisting of a series of

glionic

ganglia connected by intervening cords, having their origin in the brain,

passing out of the skull in front of and on

the lateral sides of the back-bone,

and running

There are thirty-one pairs of ganglia, each giving which unites with the spinal nerve soon after

length.

its full

off a

branch

emerges from

it

the bone. Spinal Sympathetic Nerves

The union

60.

uito one sheath

The

61.

sections,

of the spinal nerves and sympathetic nerves

forms the spinal sympathetic nerves

s).

eight cervicals corresponding to the seven cervical

vertebrcT, the first vertebra

cue below

it

(i to 8)

;

having two nerves, one above and

twelve dorsals, corresponding to the

twelve dorsal vertebr?e and ribs (i to 12)

sponding to the

ber omitted).

;

lumbars, corre-

five

lumbar vertebrae (i to 5)

five

corresponding to the seven sacral bones

is

(s,

spinal sympathetic centers are divided into four

The union

( i

to

;

six sacrals,

the last

5,

num-

of the spinal and sympathetic nerves

seen in the cervical region on the side of the neck, in the

dorsal region between the ribs, in the lumbar and sacral regions, l-'uiiction

of Spinal

sympathetics

on the sides of the vertebral column.

The

62.

ir.otion ^]^Q^\^.

spinal sympathetic nerves have

from the

two

functions.

and sensation from the sympa-

spinal nerve,

ncrvc, aud are distributed to the entire

body

as such

motion and sensation. 63.

The impulse

of the power of the operator enters the

organs and tissues of the body through fibers,

fibers 64.

penetrating the

skin

the

sympathetic

and muscles, while the motor

execute the orders of the mental forces.

From

external and

each

spinal

internal

sympathetic

branch,

center

there

the external branch

is

an

running

backward and outward controls the sensations and functions

SIAMENE TREATING CHART

DESCKII'TIOX OF

NO.

2/

II.

of the spines of the vertebrie and the muscles of the back (see second, third,

they form a dilators

fine

and

and fourth huubars), and the

where

skin,

network of spinal sympathetic vasso-motor

The

restrictors.

corresponding internal organ,

branch

internal

leads

to

a

spreading over and through

(See "Internal Branches.")

it.

Nerves are transmitters on which the influences are

65.

sent

from the brain

to

govern the functions of those parts to

which they extend. Part of the

66.

the

first

to

fourth cervical nerves extend to

of the back of the head,

scalp

ear,

face,

and

throat.

cervtcni J<e^ion

Branches from the third to eighth, inclusive, supply the muslower neck and shoulders with functional power,

cles of the

and form the brachial plexus (C

i)

that supplies the

arms

and hands.

The

govern

in part the

oorsai

action of the heart (i) and the upper part of the lungs; the

-^'<^^''o"

67.

first

to fourth dorsal nerves

fourth to sixth controls in part the action of the lungs; the fourth to seventh supplying that of the stomach (3)

;

the

seventh to eleventh on the right controls the liver (2) and

on the

left

the spleen; the tenth to twelfth control the bowels

(4) and kidneys (7).

In this region there

is

a branch

from

the spinal sympathetic nerves, running out between the ribs, called the intercostal nerves (par. 42).

The nerves

68.

power

in this region, as well as supplying nerve

to the muscles

and skin of the back, send branches into

the kidneys (7), lower bowels (8), and

and form the great

sciatic

all

Lumbar i^egion

the pelvic organs,

nerve (10), and

its

companion,

the crural nerve, that supplies the legs.

The

branches of the nerves of the sacral

sacrai

region control the heavy muscles of the hips and skin over that region, and send branches into the pelvic plexus and

Kegion

69.

external

the external genitals, uterus (5), vagina (12), ovaries (15),

bladder

(6),

lower bowels

(8),

rectum,

tissues superintending their functions.

and

all

adjacent

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

28

Aorta

The descending

70.

Desceridhifi

down

(13), passing

aorta

in

front

of the spinal column, gives off small arteries that accompany the external branches of the spinal sympathetic nerves, sup-

plying the muscles and skin of the back with blood, also

branches that accompany the internal nerves supplying the internal organs. \'en!i

The ascending vena cava (14)

C!l^:l

upward along

passes

the

front of the spine on the right side of the aorta, extending up to the heart,

where

it

terminates in the lower and back part of

the auricle of the heart.

It

returns the blood from

all

the

lower part of the body.

The

superior vena cava (not illustrated in chart) returns

the blood 71.

The Piwtimosrasiric

from the upper extremities.

The pneumogastric

(x), the great cranial nerve, sup-

plying motive power to the heart, lungs, and stomach, and

forming a part of the solar plexus, the skull

and passing down

in

is

seen emerging from

front of the spinal

column

and the chain of sympathetic nerves. 72.

Solar Plexus

The

solar

plexus

(9)

is

the

culmination

of

the

pneumogastric and the spinal sympathetic nerves (par. 104). 73.

Pelvic Plexus

The

the pelvic

plies

functional,

and

Orif^in

Tcrminits

all

is

organs with

vital

power

to

perform their

formed of branches from the solar plexus

the lumbar and sacral nerves.

The arch of the aorta (16). The trachea or windpipe (18). 74. Knowing the origin of a nerve

ami

of a Xerve

pelvic plexus (11), the bundle of nerves that sup-

cord and the sympathetic ganglia, that

to be in the spinal it

has an external

and an internal branch, and that the external fibers of the external branch are in the skin, and that the terminal fibers

of

its

companion (the

internal branch)

are in an internal

organ, our knowledge of conditions in the parts thereby supplied Ivfiuence

of a Xerve

becomes

75.

clear.

Nerves passing through a muscle have no influence

on the muscle, but the influence ending in a muscle (par. 171).

is

exerted by the nerves

DESCRirXIOX OK SIAMENE TREATING CHART NO. 76.

The nervous system

controls

the

29

II.

circulation

of

all

the fluids of the body, and should there be any interference

controiihm

Power of

the

Xcrvous Svsteni

in the

to a certain

normal action of the nerves distributed

locality, there is disease.

ILLUSTRATIONS. 77.

If a cold* draft should strike the skin over the first

four nerves of the neck, as cold causes contraction, that contraction Avould close the blood-vessels,

and so influence the

circulation of the blood in the parts those nerves supply as to

produce sore throat, eyes, or mouth, as the case might Again,

if

be.

a draft contracts the fibers of a muscle in the

neck and makes pressure on a nerve passing through this nerve influences

some

vital

it,

as

organ, you will find a disturb-

ance of the function in the organ thereby supplied.

Suppose you have a pain

in the large

muscle extending

from the side of the chest to the front of the

arm

at the

shoulder, a fan-shaped muscle, you will not manipulate that

muscle, but go to the spines at the lower part of the neck,

and there you this point

you

will

find

a tender or contracted muscle; at

will influence the nerve center that controls

the chest muscle.

]\Ianipulation at this point will relieve the

pain at the distant organ.

SPINAL SYMPATHETICS. 78. trol

All muscular action and sensation are under the con-

of the spinal sympathetic nervous system, and there are

central points along the spines corresponding to the nerves

as

they emerge from the spines,

that

go

to

influence

the

sensations and actions of the body.

go without saying that the clearer conception one has of these centers and their influence upon distant organs, the better success they will have in treating; but the most It will

essential point is to be able to recognize the points of dis-

turbance along the spine. sis.")

(See "Examination and Diagno-

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

30

Take, for instance, the

we

first

and second dorsal nerves;

stimulate these to influence the heart.

The second and

third lumbars influence the uterus.

stimulate the lower limbs

To

we manipulate we

influence the neck of the l)ladder,

bar.

For

all

of the lumbars.

treat the fifth

defecation, treat the fourth lumbar.

the walls of the stomach and

its

To

To

lum-

influence

secretions, treat the sixth,

seventh, and eighth dorsals.

We

influence the tcnninal cuds of the nerves in the in-

ternal organs

through the nerve centers, or central points

along the spine. If the reader will study the central points of the nerves

and

their terminal ends in the internal

will be easy to

understand the philosophy of dis-

in the treating charts,

organs,

it

ease and

its

cure.

Chapter

IV.

NOTES EXPLAINING CHARTS NOS. NOTE 79.

An

I

AND

II.

I.

abnormal pressure on the

second, and third

first,

cervical nerves will affect the nerve centers in the base of

the brain,

and

at the

end of the spinal cord, producing the

following

difficulties:

coughing, sneezing, vomiting, saliva-

tion,

fever,

Any

and some kidney

one or

all

Ahnoniinl Presstirc

troubles.

may

of the above conditions

be relieved

by appiying Siamene Nerve Food and manipulating the muscles in the region of the first, second, and third cervical nerves. 80.

in

These vitalizing and energizing centers are located

Psychic

mental energy.

Centers

the base of the brain,

j\iental deficiency or

all

derangement must be traced

and treated through these

locality, 81.

and generate

The medulla oblongata

brain, termed the base.

It is

is

to the

same

centers.

the lowest portion of the

just above the great opening

Medulla Ohlotii^ala

and forms the beginning of the spinal This organ is the cord, which passes down the back-bone. in the base of the skull,

center of

all

through the

the

symptoms mentioned

first,

in this note to be treated

second, and third cervical nerves by apply-

ing Siamene Nerve Food and manipulating the contracted muscles.

NOTE 82.

The

first

2.

and third cervical nerves are affected by

disturbances of the eye,

the pharynx,

larynx,

and

tonsils.

and third cervicals by applying Siamene Nerve Food and manipulating the contracted, hard, and tender muscles gently, slowly, and firmly, will remove the pres-

Treatment of the

first

sure and relieve the parts aft'ected.

The

internal 31

ear also

The Eye

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

32

derives nerve filaments from the vicals,

and should be treated

in the

NOTE 83.

The Kar is

ters

may

second, and third cer-

same way.

3.

Througli the second and

reached, and

first,

nerves the ear

fifth cervical

be treated through the vasso-motor cen-

of the upper cervical region by applying nerve

food

and manipulating here and around the ear (par. 214). 84.

circvJatiou -'""'

Kespiration

The

body and

circulation of the fluids of the

respira-

tion are also controlled through the great vasso-motor cen^^^^ q£ ^j^^

upper ccrvicals, and

may

be treated by manipu-

lating these centers.

NOTE Tongue, Back Part oi Throat, auces

85.

The sccoud and

third

4.

and a branch of the fourth

ccrvical ucrvcs control, in part, the upper ends of the ^i^g its

^£

^1^^

mus-

back of the neck near the head, the tongue and

muscles, the back part of the throat, and the fauces; they

also send

some

fibers to the

pneumogastric, the great cranial

nerve that leads to the lungs, heart, and stomach. tions of disease in this region are swelling,

pains,

of the muscles, inability to turn the head on ness of hearing,

Indicastiffness

axis,

its

dull-

enlarged and sore tonsils, some forms of

headache, catarrh of the nose and throat, falling hair, and

some forms of muscular derangements of the Siamene

Nerve Food

thoroughly until

all

freely,

and

86.

Treat

first,

gently

tense muscles are relaxed, and

forces in this region are sfiinulafed to a Headache

Apply

eyes.

manipulate

renewed

all

and the

action.

second, third, and fourth cervical nerves

for headache, also gently

massage and vibrate about an inch

back of the outer corner of the eye and over the inner corner

and the superorbital nerve

(par.

221),

first

applying

Siamene Nerve Food.

NOTE Circulation

87.

Tlic

Sympathetic

5.

vasso-motor

centers

general circulation of the fluids of the body.

control

the

Apply Siamene

NOTES EXPLAINING CHARTS XOS. Nerve Food, and

treat

the second,

third,

AND

I

11.

33

and fourth, and

sometimes as low as the seventh, cervical nerve to improve, not only the circulation of the head, neck, congestion of the brain and upper extremities, but the circulation of the entire

body.

Fever of any kind, especially

88.

the upper portion of the body, third, fourth,

and

148)

as the second, third, fourth

in

p^^^'-

be treated at the second,

and

and tenth

in the

is

lower

by applying Siamene Nerve Food

to

dorsal, as well

cervical vertebrae.

fifth

Catarrh of the head and falling hair

first

found

any hard and contracted muscles

at the seventh, eighth, ninth,

89.

is

apply Siamene Nerve Food, and inhibit

(see "Inhibit," par.

the

the cause

If the fever

fifth cervicals.

half of the body,

found

may

if

may

be treated

c.-ttarri,

and manipulating from

also manipulating over the

to fifth cervical nerve,

lock of the lower jaw, over the upper and inner corners of the eye

221), over the tear duct in the lower and

(par.

inner corner of the eye

220), and the lower portion

(par.

of the prominence of the cheek bone (par. 218).

on the bridge of the nose

firmly

Catarrh

Use Siamene

(par. 219).

Cure.

NOTE 90.

Also press

Diphtheria,

diseases

may

weak

voice,

6.

and

all

other throat and neck

be treated by manipulating from the

first

to

eighth cervical nerves, giving special attention to any tender, contracted

or

(See "General Treatment of

hard muscle.

Neck," pars. 210, 211, 212, 213.)

A

hard and contracted muscle pressing upon the

fourth,

bone

and

fifth cervical nerves,

in this region,

may

third,

or an injured or misplaced

produce a

difficulty in

deep breath-

by sighing or a distressed sensation, as though Treat the third, fourth, and the stomach was distended.

ing, manifested

fifth cervical nerves,

by applying Siamene Nerve Food thor-

oughly, and manipulate until

all

cord-like muscles are relaxed,

the tender, contracted, hard,

and

relief will

be obtained.

Dipinhcrm

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

34 91.

(par.

and

By

the

148)

Food and

Xerve

Siamene

applying

nerves,

fifth cervical

you

NOTE 92.

Cerebral

To

fourth,

will relieve internal congestion,

permitting the blood to flow freely to

circuiatioii

inhibiting

vasso-motor centers, second, third,

all

parts of the body.

7.

iucrcase the cerebral circulation,

apply Sia-

first

nicue Ncrve

Food

of the neck

place the patient on a table or bed on the back,

letting the

;

to all the muscles of the back

and

sides

head hang over the edge; place the fingers of

each hand over the jugular vein and large artery

at the sides

of the windpipe near the collar bone, pressing gently and firmly,

drawing the

fingers with

gentle pressure and rapid

motion toward the angle of the lower jaw the

full

length of

the neck; repeat from eight to ten times.

This movement forces the pure blood into the brain and

impure blood from the brain,

the

thereby

increasing

the

cerebral activity.

This treatment is

weak,

memory

is

required

when

the cerebral circulation

poor, heart action feeble, in

all

forms of

mental trouble, anemia and insomnia. In

all

Bath No.

Siamene Medicated Sweat

case of this kind the I,

followed by cold

sitz

and

salt

glow, must be

given two or three times a week to assist in equalizing the circulation

and carrying

off the impurities.

NOTE 93.

Muscles of the

Eye

wc

Through

8.

the second, third, and fourth dorsal nerves

coutrol the musclcs of the eye, muscular twitching,

in-

flammations, and contractions.

At

the

second dorsal

at the third dorsal

Through first,

second,

we

we

dilate

the

pupil

of the

eye;

contract the pupil.

the second, sixth and seventh cervical, and the third

and fourth dorsal, nerves we

impaired vision and weak eyes.

treat

for

Besides the treatment of

these nerves, treat back of the outer corners of the eye, and

NOTES EXPLAINING CHARTS NOS.

AND

I

II.

35

over the inner corners, the terminal nerves of that section.

Apply Siamene Movement

to the lids

185), and give

(par.

general treatment of the neck.

NOTE Between the

94.

first

9.

and second dorsal vertebrae

The

spinal sympathetic nerve center of the heart. ter is

immediately back of and on a

dynamo

its

Centers

This part of the

The

that runs the heart.

herent strength of the heart, in

Heart

with the upper part

level

of the lower third of the lobe of the ear.

brain constitutes the

the

is

brain cen-

normal condition,

inin-

is

dicated by the size and convexity of the brain and skull in this locality.

You may measure

strength

of

the

the face by the prominence of the chin.

A

the

indicates a strong heart.

If there

subject with a projecting chin,

is

heart

on

also

projecting chin

any heart trouble

you may expect

in a

to find

a

tension in the spinal centers. 95.

The

valves of the heart are controlled by the second

and fourth dorsal nerves.

In heart

flutter,

apply Siamene Xerve Food, and treat the upper part of the spine

you may out of

find

all

from the

muscular contraction

or palpitation,

the muscles along to sixth dorsal

first

sufficient to

normal condition, and you

its

Palpitation

will

throw a

also

find

rib

these

muscles tender to the touch. 96.

The

first

to

fourth dorsal nerves,

inclusive,

control

the regularity and the strength of the heart beat (par. 138).

When

Heart Beat

there are deep-seated muscular fibers contracting and

making pressure on one or more of these nerves influencing the heart, apply Siamene Nerve Food and manipulate to relax the tension,

NOTE 97.

At

10.

the fourth dorsal vertebra

we

find the nerve that

controls the lower end (right end) of the stomach. it,

when

there

is

indigestion, gases or colic, apply

To open Siamene

stomach

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

36

Nerve Food over the part

to be treated,

and press on the

fourth dorsal nerve, or any contracted muscle near by that influences the nerves that supply that part,

When

gested mass pass down.

and

the stomach

the undi-

let

weak and

is

digestion poor, you will find contracted muscles on one or

both sides of the spine, from the fourth to eighth dorsal vertebrae

;

in

stimulate

such conditions, relax the muscles by inhibiting, and these

nerve centers by vibration

increase the digestive powers

and

relieve

(par.

148),

to

Inhibiting

pain.

the fourth dorsal opens the lower opening of the stomach

stimulation closes

Inhibiting here will sometimes relieve

it.

sick stomach. 98.

We

control the upper end (left end) of the stomach

through the fourth,

fifth,

sixth

and seventh dorsal nerves on

the left side. Vomiting

99.

The second and

third dorsals are the centers through

which we control vomiting. 100.

To

inhibit,

make

pressure on the contracted muscles;

to stimulate, vibrate those that are soft 101.

For

speciiic treatment of the

apply Siamene Nerve

and relaxed

(par. 148).

lower end of the stomach,

Food and manipulate

third

to

fifth

dorsals on the right side. 102.

For general treatment of the stomach, apply Siamene

Nerve Food from the third

and

left sides,

to the eighth dorsals

NOTE

Region

II.

^^^- ^^'hen there is soreness,

Epigastric

the

skin and

on the right

and manipulate.

contraction or hardness of

muscles of this region

(over the stomach),

apply Siamene Nerve Food, and treat the fourth,

fifth

and

sixth dorsal nerves, and give general treatment (Chapter

X).

These nerves carry vasso-inhibitory and secretory

fibers

to

the stomach and small intestines.

NOTE Solar p/f.Yus

104.

The

12.

solar plexus, called the

work of nerves back of

abdominal brain, a net-

the stomach (Chart No.

II,

No. 9),

NOTES EXPLAINIXG CHARTS NOS. controls

all

nutritive processes,

abdominal region

;

its

center

is

I

AND

II.

3/

and presides over the entire the sixth dorsal.

It is

up of hbers from the twelve dorsals and the great

made

cranial or

The pnenmogastric nerve has its origin brain, passing down the neck and sending

pneumogastric nerve. in the base of the

branches into the plexus that supplies the heart, lungs, stom-

and

ach, liver,

sixth, seventh

all

At

the other nutritive organs.

the

fifth,

and eighth dorsals we control the large artery

of the lower half of the body. In is

all

any of the abdominal organs

cases of trouble in

well to look to the dorsal nerves, as they

move

all

send branches

note where the pressure

into the solar plexus,

it

is,

and

re-

it.

Disturbances in any or

all

of the above-named regions

are indicated by poor circulation, cold spots, pain, soreness,

and

tired

and

navel, nervous dyspepsia

feeling along the spine, cold

and constipation.

NOTE 105. first

to

The nerve

and disarranged

ribs,

which may produce pressure on

intercostal nerves.

The lungs may be

depression of the collar-bones on the treat the lungs, apply

and

tiw Lungs

They are a.lso influenced from the Look for tender and contracted mus-

fourth dorsals.

any of the

13.

centers for controlling the lungs are the

first to tenth, inclusive.

cles,

around the stomach

first rib

Siamene Nerve Food

inhibit the contracted muscles

affected

(par. 225).

by

To

to the dorsal region

and expand the chest

(par.

227).

NOTE 106.

At

the seventh, eighth and ninth dorsals (the eighth

being the center)

from the

14.

liver)

we

control

chills,

congestions

(especially

and abnormal heat of the body.

Place the patient on the face and press hard on the eighth dorsal.

If desired results are not obtained, use

Siamene Pain

Liniment freely and vibrate (slow, circular vibration).

The

seventh, eighth 3

and ninth dorsals are the abdominal

ncnt «"^ Chills

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

38 centers.

arise

Three-fourths of

derangements

all

NOTE 107.

Liver

mi (I Spleen

sal,

in

this

region

from disturbances of these nerves.

For the

liver, treat

on the right side of the

15.

from the eighth

to eleventh dor-

Treat the same nerves on

spine.

the left side for derangements of the spleen.

and

special treatment for the liver

Before giving

spleen, give general spinal

treatment (par. 230) to free the general circulation. the patient

lie

on the back with

feet

drawn up

Have

until the knees

are at right angles with the body, abdominal muscles relaxed.

While the

patient takes a deep inhalation,

remove pressure from pinch, squeeze

liver

and spleen

and massage the

NOTE Kidneys

108.

The kiducys

twelfth dorsals, the

lift

(par.

and

the ribs

228).

Then

liver five or six times. 16.

are influenced at the sixth, eleventh and first

and second lumbars,

also the

first,

second and third cervicals, and over the lower end of breast-

bone (sternum).

Examine

these points and treat any con-

traction or tenderness.

NOTE Bladder

109.

The ucck of

17.

and urethra are controlled

the bladder

from the second lumbar

to the third sacral, inclusive.

For

incontinence of urine (bed-wetting), see par. 235.

NOTE Vpper

Bo welys

110.

To

18.

tone the bowels and increase their action, apply

Siamene Nerve Food and sal, inclusive.

Also, treat

treat full

from the eighth

to twelfth dor-

length of the spine, to improve

the general circulation (par. 230).

NOTE

To

Lower

111.

Bowels

Food and

19,

stimulate the lower bowels, apply Siamene Nerve treat the

contracted muscles.

fourth and If the

fifth

lumbars, inJiibiting

all

bowels are weak and prolapsed,

with an inelastic muscle over the lumbar region, stimulate by

I

AND

appropriate for

i)iles,

NOTES EXPLAIXIXG CHARTS XOS. This treatment

vibration. els,

or prolapsus.

sal,

third

is

and fourth

For

39

weak bow-

Centers for diarrhoea, eighth to tenth dorlunil)ars (treatment, see par,

NOTE 112.

II.

238).

20.

Xerve Food and

appendicitis, apply

treat all the

Appendicitis

nerves in the small of the back, on both sides of the spine,

giving special attention to the eleventh and twelfth dorsals

and

first

and second lumbars on the right

Manipulate and vibrate

on the right

gently, yet deeply,

For

all

full,

the bowels

side,

well

in,

and along the

Give special attention to the

side of the right hip-bone.

laxation of

side.

(circular vibration)

re-

the contracted muscles of the small of the back.

detailed instructions of

how

to treat appendicitis,

see par. 361. 113.

In treatment of the abdominal viscera,

beneficial to give direct treatment to the

to specific treatment,

plexus.

is

it

abdomen,

always

in addition

paying particular attention to the solar

This has the

effect of increasing the circulation of

the blood, and, in case of sluggishness of any organ, to stimulate

its

motion and

secretion.

It

may

also break

up masses

of fecal matter lying within the alimentary canal.

NOTE 114.

The

pelvic cavity

of the hip bones;

it

cavity and contains

is

21.

the space within the boundary

constitutes the floor of the abdominal all

p^iyic

organs

of the internal generative organs, a

Cjuantity of loose cellular tissues,

the rectum,

the bowels, the pelvic plexus of nerves,

a portion of

and blood-vessels. All

of these organs and tissues are reached by treating the second,

third,

fourth

sacral nerves; the

and

fifth

lumbar nerves,

and

all

the

most important, however, are the second

and third lumbars.

NOTE 115.

The

fourth and

fifth

22.

lumbar nerves constitute the

great sciatic nerve center of the body.

Apply vSiamene Nerve

Sciatic

centers

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

40

Food and manipulate sion

all

the contracted muscles until the ten-

relaxed, then apply

is

Siamene Rheumatic Oil once

in

twelve hours, as directed on the bottle.

NOTE Generative

orgMus

116. All ^j^g

23.

fifth

lumbars, and

first,

NOTE Vterus

117.

may

di^eases of thcsc organs

fourth and

24.

and third

Treat the second

be treated from

second and third sacrals.

cervicals,

eighth

and

twelfth dorsals, and from second to fifth lumbar, relieving all

contracted and tender muscles; vibrate (circular vibration)

abdomen over Labor

118. at the

We

the uterus

from three

to five minutes.

control labor pains on the sides of the clitoris,

Do

second and third lumbars and eighth dorsal.

permit the patient to

lie

down

until the pains

what severe; when the operator should bed, place the

hand

not

become someby the

seat himself

just above the puhcs, pressing the muscles

gently downward, letting the

first

and second

and over the

pressure.

This will cause the circular

the uterus to relax

and

on

fingers rest

making a gentle and steady

either side

clitoris,

fibers of the

stretch with but

little

neck of

pain.

This

pressure should be continued until the neck of the uterus fully dilated.

Now move

the fingers

from the

clitoris

is

and

apply a strong pressure upon either side of the spinous processes of the three lower

lumbar

proceed rapidly, and with but

vertebrae.

little

Labor

w^ill

now

pain, until the uterus

is

fully dilated, w^hen tw^o or three strong pains will complete

the labor. is

Do

not use Siamene Nerve

Food

unless the patient

very thin and nervous and the labor unusually painful and

tedious.

NOTE Testicles

and Ovaries

25.

119. Testicles, spermatic cord, ovaries

are influenced by applying Siamene

and fallopian tubes

Nerve Food and treating

the eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh and twelfth dorsals and

all

NOTES EXPLAINING CHARTS NOS.

The vagina

the Innibars.

NOTE

The

the rectum.

rals control

tense,

For

(par.

148).

first,

second and third sac-

soft,

When

they should be stimulated by vibration.

prolapsus or ulceration exists,

piles,

carbolized

and introduce

oil

Following

this,

all

oil

the fingers with

grasp

finger into rectum,

first

walls of rectum with finger inside,

manipulating thoroughly on

ways take a

thumb

outside, pressing

and

sides to excite the circulation.

introduce a Siamene Rectal Suppository,

large

Rectum

hard and

tissues that are

all

apply Siamene Nerve Food, and manipulate.

they are lax and It

4I

II.

26.

lumbar and the

lifth

AND

intUienced by the fourth sacral;

is

inhibiting relaxes, stimulating contracts

120.

I

warm-water enema before

Al-

Take

treating.

these treatments at night, just before retiring (pars. 236

and

362).

NOTE

The

121. It

sacral

fifth

27.

controls the levator anal

also controls the external sphincter muscles.

with a

exists,

difficulty of stooling, there is a contraction of

these muscles binding the walls of the rectum

and sphincter

Always apply Siamene Nerve Food

muscles.

muscles.

If constipation

freely

inhibit all tense muscles over the sacral nerves, once a

and day

or oftener. In the foregoing

we have endeavored

to place before the

niind of the reader a "description of the principal nerve centers that influence the vital organs of the body,

them

to treat is

to restore their

and

to

tell

how

normal functions when there

disease of any kind in the system.

We

have arranged a Reference Column which

mony with

sympathetic nerves. tures of an index,

and

is

in har-

the several divisions of the back bones and spinal

This Reference Column has

and serves

all

the fea-

to connect Treating Charts Nos.

and the notes of reference.

The chapter on notes, and the Reference Column, truly constitute a "inultiim in I

II

Anai ^luscies

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

42

parvo," and should be studied and mastered by every one

who

Siamene

desires to apply the

Home

Treatment

in

the

cure of disease. In

fact,

is

it

become familiar with

absolutely essential to

and the Reference

the information set forth in this chapter

Column, is

in order to

know what organ

is

diseased

when

there

an abnormal condition of a nerve center.

We

have learned elsewhere that

the mind, that this

power

is

all

diseases originate in

generated in the brain, and

is

given off from this organ through the spinal cord and nerves that there are governing nerve centers along the spine

give off small branches of nerves that supply

and

tissues of the body.

all

which

the organs

\\> have also learned that diseased

conditions are indicated in these nerve centers, and that, by

applying mechanical manipulations to them,

we can

influence

every organ of the body.

To make tical

and

nation

is

the

Siamene System of

Treatment prac-

must be mastered.

"Procrasti-

the thief of time."

Do not put Do not wait

to-morrow

what should be done to-day.

ness in the house to begin treatments. of the Reference ately,

Home

useful, these lessons

Column and

off

till

until there

Commence

the chapter

so that,

when

called upon, or occasion requires,

member

sick-

on notes immedi-

and daily practice the instructions contained

pared to relieve a

is

the studv

therein,

you are pre-

of the family from sickness or pain.

Siamene Treating Chart No.

111.

Chapter

V.

SIAMENE TREATING CHART NO. 122.

This chart

is

a photographic view of the

III.

human form, human

designed to illustrate the position of the vertebra of the

body and and

II,

its

and

sectional divisions as referred to in Charts Nos. I to assist the reader to locate

them on the body.

45

Chapter VI. DESCRIPTION OF CHART

No.

IV.— ARM

This chart represents the arm on the

123.

on the right

side,

AND

LEG.

and the leg

left

with the skin of each dissected, leaving the

muscles (B, B), nerves (c) and arteries (D) exposed to view. 124.

Tlic

Ann.

— In

the upper portion of the

arm

is

rep-

resented the brachial plexus of nerves and arteries as they

pass from the neck and chest to the arm, extending 125.

The Leg.

— In the

leg

is

downward.

represented the great sciatic

nerve (C, C) and the accompanying arteries (D, D), running the full length of the leg.

This nerve supplies nearly the whole of the integument or skin, the muscles of the back of the thigh, and those of the leg and foot.

and

is

(par. 73).

about

It is

the largest nervous cord in the body,

the continuation of the lower part of the pelvic plexus

its

It

descends along the back part of the thigh to

lower third, where

it

divides into

the internal and external, and they pass

of the calf of the leg to the foot. affected in sciatic neuralgia.

46

This

two large branches,

down on is

either side

the nerve that is

Siamene Treating Chart No. IV.

.K;^

r

c».jf055«

Chapter

VII.

METHOD OF MAKING AN EXAMINATION. As we

126.

the body, and not so

system of

may

much with

Jionic treat iiiciit,

in all cases,

able,

with the diseased parts of

deal, in the main,

the

names of

diseases, in this

a thorough examination

to ascertain where,

the body,

in

desir-

is

a lesion

be found that will obstruct the normal blood flow and

nerve action.

We of

all

have shown you elsewhere that the normal function

body organs

the

is

dependent upon the perfect action

of the spinal sympathetic nerves

127).

We

(pars.

lo,

ii,

17,

64, 76,

have also shown where the central stations

are,

traced them to their terminals (Reference Column, page 16),

and given instructions how they may be stimulated activity, or inhibited

We

(par. 148).

to increase

and made quiet when they are overactive

have also shown

that,

where body organs

for instance, the stomach, liver, spleen, bowels, heart, uterus,

ovaries, or

any other part of the body

cause, there

is

thetic centers

a sympathetic action

— are

affected

upon the

from any

spinal

along the spine, and that this condition

sympais

made

manifest by soreness, heat, swelling, pain or hardness (par. 129). It is

presumed that the reader has become familiar with

Treating Charts Nos.

I,

II,

III

and IV before he makes an

examination, for a knowledge of them to

is

necessary in order

become familiar with the body. That the mind may be

examination, or at least

it

clear in every step taken in

would be well

some of

its

an

to review the treating chart,

leading features that must be held in

mind.

By

reference to Treating Chart No.

I

there

may

readily

be observed the relation of the spines of the back-bone (F) 49

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

50

(G), nerves (c), arteries (d) and veins (e) on

to the ribs

the right side; also, the superficial muscles filaments of nerves, arteries

(B) and the

and veins on the

left side.

relations should be frequently referred to, until the

them

is

fine

These

image of

fixed in the mind.

There should be a perfect familiarity with the appearance of Treating Chart No.

Ill, in

order to have an understanding

of the numbers and locations of the spinal bones and their

corresponding nerves in each division of the spinal column;

by having

for,

this

you can more

easily locate

on the back of a person.

This lesson

familiarity,

the bones and nerves

once learned, the hardest task

is

accomplished in making an

examination and diagnosis.

The Reference Column may always be referred to as an assistant in making a diagnosis. Any one who can make a diagnosis can have marvelous results in treating'. 127.

Serves

Control

in

The

spiual sympatlietic nerve centers

Chart No.

and

control directly or indirectly every organ

II, s, s)

along the spine serve as an index to

tissue; these centers

the conditions of the

be inseparable in

(as illustrated

body and,

life,

;

as the

body and mind seem

to

they also serve as a part of the index

of the mind. 128.

there

is

If the

body and mind are

always health.

in a

harmonious condition,

If they are out of harmon}^, they are

out of health. 129. In

making an examination,

the view of finding the contracted spots,

it

disarranged bones, heat and tenderness.

more of disease,

these conditions exist in every case

and, as a result,

made with

should be

and hardened muscles, sore

we have

Some one

or

where there

is

a pressure on the spinal

sympathetic centers (Chart No. II) and a corresponding disturbance in the normal blood flow to a part. Practice

Practicc examining healthy and unhealthy backs, in com-

parison with spinal bones

Chart No.

and

Ill,

to

become familiar with the

their corresponding nerve centers

;

also,

com-

METHOD OF MAKIXG AX EXAMINATIOX.

5I

more

pare normal u'ith abiioniial ct^iulitions. so that you can

from the

readily recognize the one

Rememher. here you

other.

your index; the finger-board

is

in diag)iosis. 130.

In

where the case does not render the

instances

all

cause apparent, the spine

examined.

is

First, bare the back, place the patient

straight, cot,

to guide

arms hanging

on the

body

face,

spinc

loosely over the sides of the table or

or hands resting under the chin, head and neck perfectly (see Plate No.

straight

In this position, the normal

15).

spine should be perfectly straight, and any deviation from

a straight line can be detected.

With Stand

the patient in this position, examine

down

at the head, reach

hand, and place the

and third

first

the spine.

first

wedge-bone with one

to the

fingers

on

either side of

the spine, and, the second finger resting thereon, bring the liand to the first

bone of the neck, next to the head

sufficient pressure to

be sure

if

too high, too low, or out of

line.

make

;

is

a curvature, a bone

The

spines should be of

there

equal distance apart, and the same height.

Rarely will this rule

When

there

is

a

fail,

unless

caused

deviation

something

from

Avrong.

is

there

disease,

is

tenderness.

abnormal conditions.

131. INIake a note of all

a hard, tense muscle vital,

bound down on a nerve leading

or any other, organ, the function of that organ

newed

is

to a

is

im-

Relieve the tension, and the organ will set up re-

paired.

activity.

These spinal sympathetic nerves begin with the of the neck and extend the (pars. 60-61, Chart

first

cervicals,

hand on one

full

first

bones

length of the spinal column

No. II).

132. \Miile the patient

the

If there

is

with the

reclining first

side of the spines;

on the

face,

begin at

and second fingers of one

move

the

hand downw^ard,

slowly and studiously, the whole length of the spinal column, observino-

all

the hard

and contracted muscles and tender

spine

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

52

Be

places.

far out

make Hack

them

as

from two

spinal bones, as to three inches;

abnormal conditions.

all

Observe the temperature of the entire skin of the back. there are hot and cold spots, in which case you will

if

iind contracted

Make

tion.

examine between the

careful to

either side of

note of

133.

See

on

muscles somewhere that obstruct the circula-

a note of

all

you

the conditions

seem

find that

out of the ordinary, whether on the skin, under the skin, on the muscles or bones. 134.

Spine

Examine

the back on

the

sides

of the

the

spines

second time, in the same manner as before, with this difference

Make

:

the second a tension

harder and deeper pressure, so as to arrive at

and third layer of muscles.

on a very small bundle of

We

sometimes have deep layer

fibers in the

of muscles on the back, making- a pressure on a small nerve

When

of great importance. vibrate Kihs

135.

when With

the patient in the

they will

normal condition, they

face to the hand,

and

discovered

same

position,

examine the

and spines have been examined).

(after the muscles

in a

edge

exist,

pressed upon, like a tense cord.

ribs

is

such muscles

w'ill

will present a flat

and even

be an equal distance apart.

If

sur-

If

an

(turned outward), or one rib pressing

under another, or too much space between them,

it

indicates

a pressure upon a nerve center, causing a contraction or re-

laxation of the muscles supporting the ribs; this, in turn, obstructs the blood supply to

some organ, wdiose function

is

thereby impaired. Illustration: If there

the uterus,

diaphragm, the

We

Floating ^'6s

is

a fibroid tumor, or prolapsus of

making tension upon ribs will be

the broad

ligaments and

found too far apart.

often find the floating ribs turned under and crowding

upon the adjacent

one, creating a disturbance in the circulation

of the blood to the ovaries or testicles, kidneys or sciatic nerves. 136.

Spine

find

In making an examination of the spine,

we

often

muscles tender to the touch, of which the patient

is

wholly unconscious, and upon which a slight pressure will

METHOD OF MAKING AN EXAMINATION. Such

sometimes cause the patient great pain.

may lie

involve an important nerve center.

53

a condition

This pressure must

removed before the patient can recover. 137. Place the patient

on the back, have the body, neck

and limbs perfectly straight and thoroughly relaxed the fingers of each

hand on

to the first rib;

on the shoulders,

side

amination

;

examine

move

all

the head

to see if the joints or

the muscles

from

in this position will reveal that

side to

muscles are hard

An

abnormal conditions.

]\Iake a note of all

or tender.

place

either side of the first spine of

the neck next to the head (par. 210)

and bones down

;

-V''-''-

which can not

ex-

easily

be detected with the face down. In

made

the examination should be

ears,

mouth and

diseases of the head, neck, nose, eyes,

all

in

this

position,

as

well as the opposite one.

Examine

138.

the ribs once more, front side, to find,

any abnormal condition.

possible,

the end of the breast-bone, to see

Examine if

The fast,

a

in a

the ribs below

Sometimes a de-

spleen and stomach trouble.

liver,

pulse should always be examined to see

too slow, or irregular in

man

is

regular,

full,

woman,

if

she

When

beats faster.

is

its

if

The normal

beat.

is

it

too

beat in

and about seventy-two to the minute; thin and wiry,

there

is

it

is

from four

to six

irregularity in the pulse in

any

way, refer to the treating chart and notes, to find the location

on the body (par. 96).

for the disturbances that produce the pressure

In making an examination,

mind one thought, and

that

it

is

well to bear in

that the spinal sympathetic

is,

nerves along the spine serve as our index to the zvhole body.

By

holding this thought in mind, as well as the image

of the treating charts of the nerves and blood-vessels, liave a perfect It

we

guide to aid us in treating diseases.

matters not whether

^''^^

they are depressed, or

turned in on the stomach, liver or spleen. pression here will cause

if

it

is

the brain,

throat, heart, lung, stomach, liver, bowels, or

eye,

ear,

nose,

any other part

^'"/••^'

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

54

of the body; they are

all

under the influence, either directly

or indirectly, of the spinal sympathetic nerves.

The

and

treating charts

their notes, connected with the

following chapters, direct you in the steps to be taken in treating

any organ of the body

examination and

after the

diagnosis are made. xeck

139. In the

examination always give very careful attention

to the neck, not only for

head,

face,

eyes,

what you may

mouth, throat,

nose,

find that affects the

ears,

and other

local

points of this region, but also for contracted muscles of the

neck that

may make

pressure upon

some of the important

nerves that influence the stomach, heart, lungs, arms, or some other part of the body.

Considerable trouble

may

arise

from

contracted and hard muscles of the neck. Diphtheria

l^O.

In diphtheria,

the

greatest

fatality

comes from a

swelling of the glands and muscles of the neck

making

pres-

sure on the pneumogastric and the cervical spinal sympathetics that supply the vital organs of the body.

of the blood in the neck

is

kept free by removing the pressure

from these great nerves, there

from

this

dreaded disease.

If the circulation

will be

many more

lives

saved

Chapter

and manipulations.

temim:rami:nts 141.

VIII.

I'etore the student can intelligently begin mechanical

manipulations upon the living

tissue,

he must, to some extent,

grasp the relation of the faculties of the mind to the anastructure and physiological

tomical

functions of the body,

together with the effects of the disarrangements caused by the violation of the laws of

Life internal

waste,

is

and external

if

both upon mind and body.

life,

maintained by a constant balance between the forces,

and repair must be

perfect equilibrium

is

maintained.

the ignorance of this vital law that disease

The power

to heal

each microscopic

in

is

It is

because of

and death

Nature herself;

in iMother

through

cell

identical with

all

it

prevail.

resides

the tissues of the living

body. \\'hen any part of the

body

is

diseased, the

zvill,

debilitated, because of the close -interdependence of

body, and the it

in its

me

wni

mind and

lacks the necessary assistance to aid

little cell

work of

also, is

repair.

It is at this

point that the intelligent

manipulator can unite his forces to the inherent forces of the patient

and form a new and stronger battery. normal condition of the muscular

142. In a

tissue of the

,A/wsc/e,-

body, the molecules are equidistant from each other, and in active life they are in constant, harmonious, rhythmical motion; but,

through the violation of some mental or physical law,

the

body becomes devitalized and negative, the nerve centers

become demoralized, and there the molecules, while the muscles

is

a tendency to cohesion of

become tense and contracted,

producing pressure upon the nerves and general prostration

through the system.

Through

the

mental power

is

The nerves tricity.

This

medium

of the finger-tips of the manipulator,

transmitted to the patient.

are capable of transmitting currents of elec-

electrical

force,

nerve force, radiates from the 55

\erves

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

56

.brain to and from every force emanating

in the body,

cell

from these

cells

and the combined

has a sphere of influence,

the extent of which corresponds to that of the strength of the individual's personal character.

Each organ

of

sense

contains

adapted to receive vibrations

mind of

the vibrations of the

thought,

it

is

a

nervous

mechanism

hence the sense of touch receives

;

and, quick as

the operator,

carried along the nerve-fibers to the

the patient, and the battery so formed completes

its

mind of work of

repair.

When

the patient,

in

his

weak, devitalized

state,

seeks

the manipulator must be able to place his

hand upon

the contracted muscles and so apply the different

movements

help,

harmony may be

that

nels to etc.,

restored, causing the obstructed chan-

open and permit the natural flow of the

liquids, gases,

to the insurance of perfect health. 143.

There are

degrees of pressure merging into one

all

another; hence, in the manipulation of the parts affected, there

must be taken

into consideration the lazv of pressure,

area of distribution, applied.

One law

as

well

of pressure

as is

heat.

brought to a white heat by pressure. cles can,

by proper pressure,

sufficient to soften

mind

and

Some

It

its

force

metals can be

So the contracted mus-

distribute a heat

heal.

and

the intensity of the

and magnetism

must, however, be borne in

that the muscles of different individuals require different

may

be changed

and the equilibrium of the body so disturbed as

to produce

manipulations, otherwise the molecular power

inflammation and destruction of the part.

This

difTferentiation

brings us to the next important point, w4iich must be thor-

oughly understood to admit of

intelligent

manipulation

—

/.

e.,

the various temperaments of different people.

TEMPERAMENTS. Leading

Temperaments

The leading temperaments are the ^Motive. ]\Iental and Vital. The teuiperameuts control the language of the muscle, which we must be able to interpret to produce the ^^^"

Ti:.Mri:KAM i:\TS

Kvery

(lesiretl result.

eut capacity

The

145.

and

and .manipulations. system has

tissue of the

^y

own

its

iuher-

ability of resistance.

lani^uaoe of the nmscle,

as before

im])lied,

dependent upon the temperament, whether tense,

larg-ely

and

or vibratory,

flexible

this

know when

studied, so as to

is

soft,

condition must be carefully

a response to manipulation

is

obtained.

A

146.

healthy muscle, in a normal condition,

too hard nor too soft.

It

rebounding when pressure 147. \\'hen a it

is

muscle

is

must be is

some important

hard, tense, cord-like and tender,

nerve, obstructing

In this condition

make

will

tlie

too soft and relaxed,

is

dition,

and should be stimulated by vibration

To

To

inhibit

vibrate a muscle

a muscle

is

it.

it,

179)

If

a

an abnormal con-

also, is in

(par.

to relax

on

avenue of circulation.

muscle

148.

])ressure

should be inhibited or relaxed.

it

and

lirm, elastic, yieldino-,

applied.

an abnormal condition and

in

neither

is

(par. 148). to stimulate

is

it..

by making pressure on

the muscle to influence the nerves that cause the contraction

of the muscular plished

To

libers.

Inhibit

-''

^i»scie

A'ibrating and inhibiting are accom-

by some form of manipulation. vibrate a muscle, give rapid, gentle, rebounding

The more

ments.

To

cmri to vibrate

move-

rapid the manipulations, the higher the

degree of stimulation.

This must be administered according

to the condition of the muscle.

To

inhibit a muscle, give a slow*, gentle, yet firm, pressure,

bearing in mind that the pressure

is

made

not

steady and

continuously, but with a rhythm, like lireathing', pressing threefifths

of the time and relaxing two-fifths,

1)elly

(middle)

and down the cord-like contraction tion

is

reached, and

hard and tense, after a 149.

it

few minutes'

The

your fingers 4

first

of the muscle as you can.

make

then follow up

until the origin

firm pressure.

will yield,

as near the

and become

When soft

gentle, but firm, pressure

is

and

inser-

a muscle

and

is

flexible,

made upon

it.

yielding of the muscle will be recognized by in

a gradual

softening and relaxation of tne

Avs-po/jse to

rtcntment

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT. work upon

\\'hen a muscle relaxes, cease to

tension.

it;

it

has responded to your desire, 150.

Influence of l-'aculties

over Muscles

power

It is

the nature of

For

to muscles.

some

faculties to furnish resisting

instance, the faculty of combativeness

presents great energy and power. ulty

is

follows that, as this fac-

It

large or small, so will the different muscles correspond

in their resisting

In the same ratio must the power

power.

of the operator be put forth, both mentally and physically, to

overcome

this resistance;

and

it

at this point that

is

you

wall

perceive the temperament of your patient, and learn the reason

why

all

same

patients can not be treated with the

intensity of

power,

THE MOTIVE TEMPERAMENT. 151. In the ]\Iotive

broad, the muscles high,

Temperament

full,

shoulders broad,

the bones are large and

dense and strong, the cheek-bones chest

full

hair

strong,

coarse and

abundant, expression harsh and rigid, voice loud, and disposition stubborn.

This temperament

Governing' Faculties

is

governed by the

faculties of firmness,

combativeness and destructiven^ss, and the muscular tissue of the body corresponds to the temperament of governing faculties.

When

Attitude

of Operator

the operator approaches a patient of

Temperament,

it

must be with a

marked Motive

realization of the

power nec-

essary to overcome the conditions that predominate, not only physically, but mentally.

ment has a contempt

A

person of the Motive Tempera-

for weakness,

and profound respect for

one

who

tor

must approach with a conscious dignity and

can assert his superiority over him

;

hence, the operaself-assertion,

entering at once en rapport with the strong physique and character of his patient, thereby inspiring

him with confidence in power

the treatment through his recognition of the operator's to overcome.

Method of Touch

The treatment

of the ]\Iotive

Temperament must be

vig-

orous and forceful, given with a gentle, rebounding pressure

TEMl'KUAMKXTS AND and positi\e confKlence, and

mind of

.M

A X IPL'LATIOXS.

59

same to the

a declaration of the

the patient.

THE MKXTAT. TEMPERAMENT. 152.

In the Mental Teni])eranient the frame

slio-ht,

is

the

head relatively

large, the forehead high, face inclined to pale-

ness, eyes light

and expressive, features

hair soft and

and moral emotions keen.

fine,

The Mental Tem])erament and

causality, ideality

The muscles

is

governed by the

ity

in the

(iovcrtiitif^

Facilities

Mental Temperament are wiry and less intensity to

cause

There must always be passiv-

to respond to treatment.

(pars.

A

faculties of

spirituality.

rebounding, requiring more time and

them

neck slender,

delicate,

Nntiire of the

Mental Te 111 pern merit

253) on the part of the patient.

158,

person of the Mental Temperament will demand, by

virtue of his inherent mental poise, a gentle touch, careful

Attitude of Operntor

and respectful manipulations, while the thought must be car-

domain of mentality.

ried to the

THE VITAL TEMPERAMENT. 153.

The

Vital

roundness of body.

Temperament

The

chest

is

marked by breadth and

large,

is

abdomen

full,

neck

short and thick, features smooth, expression mirthful, active

both mentally and physically, loves amusement, genial in disposition, hopeful, impulsive

The

Vital

and

Temperament

is

versatile.

governed by the

faculties of

amativeness, alimentiveness and vitativeness.

The

Faculties

functions of these faculties are to create from Nature's

storehouse the nutritive element, the life-principle of the blood,

from which

to build the body.

Governing

They have a tendency

to

make

Functions of (governing Faculties

a soft, flexible muscle, yielding readily to treatment, and are

quick to recover eciuilibrium.

The same law of rapport holds ments, but the method of approach

and confidence.

as in the other tempera-

may

be witli

more freedom

Method of Approach

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMEXT.

60

When you

154.

Silent

Triittincnt

.',,-,y

q]^q^ ^q

Q,-,e

them.

willi

are treating, do not allow the patient, or

converse with you, nor should you converse

Cause the

patient's

mind

to be directed to

own mind

are doing, and do not permit your

}^()U

what

to dwell

upon any subject except the condition of the patient and the results you desire to obtain from the treatment. It

goes without saying that these treatments, to achieve the

highest degree of success, should be given in silent concen-

and perfect passivity (par, 253), and,

tration

in severe cases,

with deep diaphragmatic respirations; and, when

it is

possible,

breathe in correspondence with the patient, that a perfect oneness of purpose Mixed Types

may

prevail.

While the Motive, ^Mental and

155.

\"ital

Temperaments

cover a large majority of cases, they typify the extremes, and there are innumerable comljinations with a vast variety of

conditions shading into and out of the leading types, N\]iich

must be

closely observed to determine the proper

all

of

mode

of procedure.

Factor

Wliatcvcr thc couclitious,

156.

Pressure

Most Important

]g|

[^ jjg

home

in

miud

that the

temperament or

manner

disease.

of pressure (par. 143)

has an important influence upon the part to be treated, as will

l)e

seen in the description of the following movements.

MAXIPULATIONS.

The mechanical

157. cal

luauipulafious for the relief of physi-

and mental derangements are produced by the hands for

the express purpose of relieving pressure

body

upon

(arteries, veins

and lymphatics).

and

These various manip-

ulations are not only for the relief of the

system,

the nerves

thus controlling the circulation of the fluids of the

vessels,

bound and

fettered

unhappy victims of misapplied pathology, misdirected

thoughts and actions, but they are also calculated to harmonize tlie

mind. It

is

perfectly natural that there should be a

approaching the centers of

life,

through

out the improper use of drugs as

is

its

own

means of

avenues, with-

usually practiced.

TE.M I'KKA M

Tlie

ety of

amount of

AX

I'S

I-:.\

I

)

A .\

.M

1'l

1

LA TK XS.

6

)

measured by the degree of the

life is

vari-

powers, and these powers are augmented by the

its

Tlic <>/

Alaisurc

Lite

environments and advanced thoughts of higher civiHzation. Life

and

its

enlarged and enriched by

is

its

command.

ability to

The person whose only

resource in times of weakness

drugs, should be relegated to the age of the mail-coach, a letter

was weeks, months, and even

continent

is

when

Cfinipunuivc lirtjwtli

a year, in crossing the

whereas the "twentieth century message"

;

l.ilc liiilurucil

most advanced means of cultivation.

receptivity to the

flics

upon

the wings of the subtle ethers, corresponding to the instantane-

ous

relief

which speeds along the

delicate nerve fibers in re-

sponse to the cultured touch of a kind and loving hand.

There are thousands of these meating the

skin,

a

sensitive, delicate fibers per-

A venues

help,

pleading consciously or

of Sense

symi)athetic

response in your brain

cry

for

unconsciously.

Reader,

is

there

to this cry for help?

a

you have the power, through the

If so,

nerves of the pulpy ends of your

fine filaments of the sensitive

fingers

(m

relie\-e

both mental and physical suffering.

158.

which, scientists

We

pressure, but.

tell us,

brain matter

is

Inherent

Power

in the

Finder Tips

stored), to

must not only become familiar with mechanical

we must study

the influence of the

mind on

the

body. \\'hen the mechanical manipulations are made,

it i^

highly

important that there should be harmonious conditions

mind

existing between operator and patient,

degree of success

is

obtained.

if

of the operator should be divested of is

unci

Operator

There should be confident ex-

pectation of relief on both sides simultaneously.

concerning that which he

of

the highest

Reciprocity

between Patient

doing

all :

The mind

thoughts except those

the eradication of un-

healthy states, habits, dispositions, or character, and the l)ring-

ing about of such healthy conditions as will build up the lost function of the parts being treated. 159. tlie

If there

body,

tissue,

it

is

undue tension of a muscle anywhere

may make

in

pressure on an important nerve Or

and produce an obstruction of the normal blood flow.

Obstruction to the

Blood Flow

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

62 To Free

To

the

Circulation

free

tlic circiilatioii is

This ]M-essure

culated.

may

a misplaced bone,

muscle,

to

remove the pressure on nerves

the blood-vessels through which the blood

[Jiat coiitrol

is cir-

be from a contracted and hard a

misplaced organ,

foreign

or

growths.

Biood-vesseis

must be remembered

that the blood-

yesscls are controlled to contract or relax, to

work hard and

Furthermore,

160.

Control of

fast,

it

or slow and easy, by the spinal sympathetic nerves, whicli

are described in paragraphs 60 to 64 and illustrated in Chart

No. Remove Pressure

II.

A

161.

whether

pressure on the nerve centers or nerve filaments,

be

it

in

an organ, muscle or the

skin,

whether due to

mechanical disarrangements of the bones, or gases accumulating

from undue

may

the cause

be,

activity of it

any organ,

it

matters not what

must be removed.

Treat the governing centers on either side of the spine

and Connecting Links

relieve the pressure. 162.

centers

;\s bcforc Stated, the

connecting links between these

and the internal organs are the

permeating the skin and muscles. to

come

in direct contact

fine filaments

of nerves

These avenues enable us

with the centers and reach

body organs by mechanical manipulations,

all

cold

heat,

the

and

medicinal agents. Fhysioiogicfti

Experiments

163.

Experiments have been made by many of our leading

physiologists.

from time

to time, of the effects of

and mechanical manipulations upon the muscular the following results have been obtained First

To

:

massage

tissue,

and

:

increase the flow of blood to muscles and vital

organs, thereby increasing the circulation and removing the

accumulations or waste

tissue, the pressure of

which produces

fermentation, swelling and tenderness, and other disturbances.

Second

:

To

strengthen muscular fiber

when weak,

relaxed

ov impoverished.

Third

:

To

set

niolecular changes

and

vital

orQ-ans.

up muscular vibrations, thereby producing and renewed conditions

in the nerve fibers

TEMPERAMENTS AND M AXIPULATIOXS. Fourth

To

:

cause an elimination of accumulated matter

in the liver, spleen, lungs, glands, muscles, joints

and

cellular

breaking up adhesions caused by inflammatory proc-

tissue,

esses,

63

such as gout, rheumatism,

Fifth

To

:

etc.

increase the strength of blood, giving

more

it

building power by hastening the action of the heart.

Sixth

:

To

relieve congestions,

lations in the brain, spinal cord

Seventh

To

:

stimulate

the

inflammation and accumu-

and internal organs. spinal

sympathetic

centers,

thereby promoting a general tonic action upon the entire phys-

economy, giving

ical

relief to the

psychic powers that have

been bound and fettered by unnatural incumbrances.

With amateur 164.

this vast

may The

array of observation from

scientists,

the

confidently proceed with assurance of success.

patient should be placed in a comfortable position

for examination,

and treated

in the

same

position, carefully

position for

Treatment

The hands of the operator should

screened from exposure.

be cleaned and well manicured, to prevent scratching and

irri-

tation.

165. in

mind

In manipulating the spinal muscles, you should bear that the delicate skin of the back

complex system of tute

an avenue to

fine,

all

is

supplied with a

M,,nipuiation of spinni Muscles

spinal sympathetic nerves that consti-

internal organs,

lations are npt essential in

all

and very heavy manipu-

cases.

In the treatment of the upper portion of the back or neck, a combination of rolling and kneading motion

In the dorsal and lumbar regions, there

is

may

^^^^^^^

be a squeez-

^^^.^^ m„>cIcs

ing motion, with the thumb pressing next to the spine, and the fingers

two or three inches

to the side, bringing

thumb

and fingers together (see Plate No. 15). 166.

The pulpy

ball of the

joints next to the wrist,

is

thumb, between the

last

two

an excellent part of the hand to

apply to the surface of the large muscles of the hips contracted and sensitive.

M„scies

made.

when

„,-,„

SIAMKXE HOME TREATMENT.

64

MECHANO-TIIERAPY. 167.

Let us

now

consider the classification of the different

mechanical manipulations, as each kind has

own

its

function.

CLASSIFICATION OF MANIPULATIONS.

Most of

modes The Siamene Movement,

the terms selected to descrihe the different

of operation are old. hut useful.

however,

a discovery of the writer.

is

Pctrassagc.

Tapotiuent.

Effluragc.

Vibration.

Simncne

Movement. PETRASSAGE.

168.

Petrassage

is

ing or pressing, and

expressed by pinching, squeezing, kneadis

used to inhibit, or soften and relax,

hard and contracted muscles, to work into deep structures by

massing them together.

All

Petrassage movements consist

of pressure in varying degrees, according to the resistance to be overcome. 169.

Application

Pctrassagc can be applied to any or

or trunk of the body.

ities,

m_uscles

sive in its motion, rolling slowly ball

primary use

Its

The

and nerves of the back.

and

of the extrem-

all

to treat the

is

pressure must be diffusteadily, either

with the

or heel of the thumb, or the balls of the fingers (that

is,

the soft part just below the

first

and heel of the thumb close

to the spine, and, with a rolling

joint).

Place both the ball

move upward and outward, meeting

pressure of the thumb,

the resisting fingers, and so on the entire length of the spine.

Do

not

the

lift

hand from the muscle, but move

required surface, about

ing motion

;

two inches

at a time,

it

over the

with a slow,

do not move from place to place

in a

roll-

nervous

manner. Various Method-^

of Application

170.

Petrassagc

may

be applied variously

of the thumb, the ball and heel of the balls of the fingers

entire

— with

the

thumb combined,

l)all

the

and heel of the hand combined, or the

hand mav be thrown

into action.

AND M A M IT

TK.MI'ICUAMKXTS 171. Let

tlie

rliythniical, in

movenients and pressure

harmony with

65

>.\S.

Petrassaj^e

in

l)e

slow respiration (breathing),

a

Kiiyuun '"

''''"•'"''

and relaxing two-lifths of the time. This

pressing- three-fifths

rest gives time for the capillaries acted

Always be

1)lood.

A 1H

I.

careful

upon

to

till

with new

graduate the pressure so as

to

not to give pain or discomfort.

In treating an inflamed muscle, ner\e or joint,

movement be soothing and calming. If

(

By

the

Efflurage ^lovement.)

you have a contracted muscle that

tiiough tender, pressure

let

is

not

172.

Petrassage

be soothing.

\\ill

ments combined.

which the trouble may be traced

made more

is

Movcnuut

inflamed,

pressure on a muscle covering a given nerve you in-

fiuence the organ to

.s-o.-t///;)-

It is especially

use of than applicable

all

when

(par. 75).

otlier

move-

the muscles,

control of the

orgim

Especial

Application

being sore and contracted, press upon the nerves that supply

them or There

them toward some

that pass through

sults are derived in

vital organ.

other movements from which better re-

are, how'ever,

some

cases.

TAPOTMENT.

Tapotment

173.

consists of a tap or stroke, including

concussion movements.

It

is

with the heel of the hand while

fingers,

with the heel of the hand and the is

all

applied with the ends of the

little

tlie

hand

is

closed, or

finger while the

hand

open. 174.

The

heel of the hand, hard closed,

is

used for heavy

muscles, hips, back and chest, and should be applied with a

limber

and

w-rist,

light

little finger,

and rapid

When down

The

heel of the

hand

hand open, wrist limber, and rapid strokes

oi a hacking nature,

men and deep

strokes.

vet/jod ot

AppUanion

is

well suited for the back, liver, abdo-

muscles and nerves of the hips and lower limbs.

this is applied to the back,

it

should be used up and

either side of the spines, but never

In giving Tapotment

treatment,

close to the side of the chest

on the bones.

always hold the arms

and work from the elbows and

posinou of

Arms

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

66

wrists down, gi\ing rapid, short strokes, raising the hands

not more than two or three inches from the body. EFFLURAGE.

175.

Efflurag-e,

or surface manipulation,

is

the bringing

of the epidermis, or thin outside skin, of the pahn of the hand

and

fingers, or the fingers, in contact

lightest possible touch

ment, as

moment Appiicntian

176.

if

—a

smoothing the

there

is

pressure,

EfflurEgc

is

fine,

with the body, with the

light

gentle,

downy

and brushing move-

The

hair of the skin.

becomes Petrassage.

it

bcst suited for treating nervous, irritable

l)cople; especially, for treating the scalp, forehead, face,

and behind the

ples,

Some

ears.

tem-

persons are more hypnotic

than others, hence have a more soothing

effect.

This manipu-

lation is the best to use in applying mental medicine

where

manipulations are required (par. 256). VIBRATION.

177.

By Mbration we change

the condition of the tissues

so as to increase or diminish the nerve action and effect the circulation of the blood to a part.

All forms of mechanical manipulations are. in a sense,

Under

vibrative in nature.

this

head,

however,

we

allude

more particularly to a circular motion produced by one or more

fingers or the entire hand.

178.

and slow.

fast s/ou- vihrntion

There are two wavs of making circular vibrations

The slow

vibratious are

made by

placing the palm of the

hand, or the fingers, over the part to be treated.

]\Iake a gentle

and firm pressure, with a rotary, squeezing motion; make a pressure that is increasing in intensity, going over the entire part to be treated.

If

els, ha^•e the patient

you are treating the stomach and bowon the back, knees flexed to relax the

abdominal muscles; place one hand over the navel region, make a firm, slow, rotary pressure. Go over the entire abdo-

men

in

this

manner, working from the center outward

to

TE.Ml'EKAM

ll.NTS

AND M A N ITLATIoXS.

the boundary lines of the abdomen. hips,

If

is

it

the back, chest,

or any other portion of the body, vibrate in the

legs,

The slow

same general way. v\

07

I

here there are sore,

vibrations are the most effective

and contracted muscles, constipation,

stiff

indigestion, neuralgia, rheumatism, etc.

The

179.

rapid vibrations are used to stimulate the organs

and are performed

to be treated,

To

vibrate with the entire hand, place

upon the

j^art

let

;

\'it>r.'itif>n

lightly

IMaking

a short, fast, circular motion,

using only the forearm and hand.

and elbow

palm of the hand

of the body you desire to stimulate.

no pressure, throw the hand into

Unpiil

following manner

in the

Vibrate with a loose wrist

there be no straining of muscles or joints, or

results will not be obtained.

\\'hen this

body treated iioii,

is

movement thrown

given correctly, the part of the

is

into a gentle, circular, vibratory ino-

extending from the surface

tures farther than any other

The motion must be heat vibrations sensation)

down

Effects

down

into the deeper struc-

form of manipulation.

circular, not to

and

fro, to

send the

(which are always of a warming, soothing

r© Reach Deep. 'tented

organs

into the deep-seated organs, such as the liver,

stomach, spleen, uterus, ovaries and lungs. 180.

\'ibration

may

be

made with

either

one or two

fingers.

Place the ball of the fingers on the part to be influenced, ting the hand rest on

writing;

let

the

th.e

let-

I'inger

Vibrntion

third and fourth fingers, as though

hand swing on these

fingers,

and make a

short and rapid circle with the wrist and elbow. 181.

fixed

To

give this manipulation properly, there must be a

purpose in the mind, a concentration of

ivill

on the

purpose, and an absolutely relaxed condition of the muscles

of the deep,

arm and hand.

full,

It

should be given while holding a

abdominal breath, letting the thought proceed from

the solar plexus, carrying the breath with the ends of the fingers or the in vibration.

it

(par. 271), to

palm of the hand that

is

in use

Coucetitratioti

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

68 182.

comhininjf Will an
Too

iiuicli

can not be placed upon the impor-

slress

tancc of Combining" the passive willing and breathing with the physical vibration.

Following Petrassage

183. \\'lien this

rassage

when

and ovaries.

movement

given,

is

should follow Pet-

it

treating the spine, lungs, liver, stomach, uterus

should always give a sense of relief and

It

warmth. SIAMENE MOVEMENT. 184,

Place the palms of the hands upon the surface to be

treated, allowing the points of the

points of the

first

two

thumbs firmly against the

thumbs and

and the

fingers,

holding the

fold of the skin, with the fingers

power; press the thumbs forward, making

a stepping motion alternately with the in

to touch

fingers to touch each other; grasp the

skin in a fold between the

as the resisting

ihumbs

the meantime holding the

first

up as

fold

and second

fingers,

grasped, going-

first

over the surface with a thumb-sliding, finger-creeping motion.

Siamene Movement may be given with one hand

in

ner as with both hands, to the eyelids, temples, 185.

The Siamene Movement

movements

tive

is

a pale, sallow

fevers

where there

is

and anemic

tening of the muscles and in

is

weak

indicated in

all

is

cases

where

skin, sluggish bowels, sof-

heart.

It is

contra-indicated

a red and inflamed skin, fast and

hard pulse. It

etc.

one of the best manipula-

to stimulate the vasso-motors of the deep-

seated organs of the body, and there

is

same man-

a heart tonic as well as a stimulant.

Chapter HOW 186.

TO Ari'Lv

si.\Mi:xi<:

food.

xj<:r\'e

Bare the back and take the same position as for ex-

amination

(par.

Commence

130).

Xerve Food the

full

thoroughly, spine,

tirst

the

at

neck and apply

//„>,

appIv

t,.

n

length of the spine, and from two to

three inches on each side, rubbing

tlie

IX.

it

downward

with a

both to the right and

and muscles

into the skin

stroke, then laterally

from

left.

Manipulate deeply, slowly and

firmly, noting all the tense,

M.-nuimuuum

contracted and tender muscles. If

any are found.

a]ii)ly

an extra amount of Nerve Food

and press quite hard on them with the

heel of

thumb and pulpy

ends of the fingers, working", pulling and squeezing the muscles gently

and slowly, exciting the skin

to absorb the food,

thereby increasing the circulation of the blood to the part.

Manipulate as 187.

ovaries,

in

"General Treatment" (par. 196).

The food should stomach,

liver,

and rub the skin

Xerve Food and

be applied to the abdomen, over the

bowels and uterus, then pinch,

excite the circulation

to

to bring

new

life

and

to

pull

.\rr>iicntir>n ta tiiv

Ahiumicn

absorb more

A'igor into all the ab-

dominal and pelvic organs. 188. Application to other parts of the

manner.

like

Remember

culation of the skin, first,

to

you give vigor

that

to the nerves ;

made

in

excite the cir-

wimt

As-

Accom/.usiufi

the'

Applying Xerve Food

work

its

and stimulate the .organs

you promote absorption of

second,

Xerve Food, thereby feeding 189.

when you thus

is

you accomplish two important things;

a renewed activity

ters will positively

body

starved and weakened nerves. in this

way

way

to the vital cen-

into the diseased parts

give themi strength to perform their natural functions. 69

and

x.;ii,r.-ii

i-nnc

tioiis

OrLr.ins

<>l

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

70

Every disease the human body application of

is

heir to will yield to the

Siamene Nerve Food and mechanical manipu-

lations, if applied in this

way and

persevered

in.

For, as has been stated in former chapters, directly

or indirectly,

have a nervous origin.

all

diseases,

Mechanical

manipulation and Siamene Nerve Food strike immediately at tiie

nerve centers, liberating the obstructed circulation of the

blood and opening

all

the channels at once.

Chapter X. GENERAL TRE.ATMENT. 190.

This treatment

given in

is

cases where there

all

is

poor circulation of the blood, nervousness, insomnia, general

and where the

lassitude,

A

in disease.

entire system has

may have

nerve center

become involved

a contracted and hard-

ened muscle, or a misplaced bone, pressing upon

may have

muscle

and

inelastic

more of

lost its

it;

or a

normal tension and become too loose

from pressure

these conditions

some

at

One

distant point.

may produce

or

a general stagnation

of the fluids of the body; then a general treatment would be

necessary to equalize the circulation of the blood. 191.

First

Prepare a suitable place upon which to give

:

The

the treatment.

a table six feet long, at the

if solid,

two

head and two

Boards of equal proportion as the

the foot.

192.

is

two inches high

wide, two feet

bed,

best

feet

T renting Table

feet at

table, or cot,

or

will answ'er.

Second

:

The

patient should be divested of

and wear a loose robe.

all

clothing

Treatment can be given through thin

Preparation ot Patient

clothing, but not satisfactorily. 193.

Third

The

:

patient should not be exposed to draught

or cold during or after treatment.

A

sheet,

Exposure

or some light

covering should be spread over the patient, exposing and treating one part of the body at a time. 194. tle,

Fourth

:

All treatment should be given in a slow, gen-

thorough and careful manner, thus giving the manipulated

Careful

Treatment

muscles time to relax (par. 171).

A

little

experience will teach you the nature or language

of the muscles. 195.

Fifth

tion as in

:

Experience

is

Experience

the best guide.

Place the patient on the table in the same posi-

making an examination,

face

down, arms hanging

loosely over the sides of the table or at right angles to the 71

Position for

Treatment

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

72

body with the hands resting under

and the body

the chin,

thoroughly relaxed.

Some has

operators like the patient to be on one side, which

good points;

its

down Treatment may

with the face

Treatwent oi Spine

Sixth

196.

for general purposes, the position

but,

is

the best.

be given in a sitting posture.

Apply Siauieue Nerve Food

I

the spine and from

two

to three inches

mence manipulating on one iting all the contracted

side of the

on

tlie full

length of

either side.

Com-

upper cervicals, inhib-

and hard muscles by deep, slow and

gentle manipulations (Petrassage),

between the spines of the

working the

\ertebrc'e

fingers

and close up

to

down them.

Manipulate the muscles as though you were working them

from the bones outward and upward.

Move

the

hand down

one or two inches and manipulate as before, treating the en-

spme

tire

in the

from the lower

same manner.

Apply Siamene Movement

sacrals to the upper cervicals

both sides of the spine. the spinal cord, but

all

In this

way you

and

laterally

on

not only stimulate

the spinal nerves wdiich send branches

to every part of the body. Treatment of

Hands. Arms

and Shoulders

^^'^ '

amis

Se\enth

:

Commcuce

to the shouldcr.

liauds,

commcucing

at

at

the

hands.

Petrassage the

Roll the muscles of the the

fingers,

arm

in the

and work toward the

shoulder.

Grasp wrist with one hand, each finger separately with the other, flexing

all

the joints of the fingers rapidly eight or

ten times.

Grasp the arm above the wrist with one hand, fingers with the other, and rotate hand on wrist five or six times and reverse.

Grasp the arm above the elbow with one hand, the hand w^ith the other,

and rotate on elbow

five

or six times and

reverse.

Grasp the arm near the shoulder with the shoulder five or six times and reverse. in this

lioth

hands, rotate

Holding the arm

manner, raise the shoulder as high as

it

will go, three

I

C.KXHRAL IKKA IMKNT Treat the opposite shoulder

or four times. Stretcli

and

pull the

Eighth:

198.

"3

in the

same way.

arms from the shoulder. lower extremities the same treat-

(iive the

Flex the toes the same as the fingers.

luent as the arms.

Flex

the leg on the thigh, and the thigh on the abdomen. ir

down

as far

body as

the side of the

l)y

pain, extending the limb again with

it

some

will bear

Bring

force.

bowels with a mo\ement similar to kneading bread, ing Siamene Xerve Food,

bowels from tw(^

t<^

first

apply-

stomach, liver and

(live the lungs,

under the back of the head, and make gentle tension on the head and neck,

TrvHtiutiit ot Idlings, Stonificli,

I.iver HUil

Rowels

three minutes' circulatory vibration.

Tenth: Place one hand under the chin, the other

200.

^'^a's

without

Ninth: TMace the patient on the back, and treat the

199.

rrc/,tment

"^

sufficient to slightly

move

TrcHtmeiu '^

•^"''''

body (see Plate

the

Xo. 3). 201. Eleyenth

Place

:

the

patient

on

the

back,

body

straight; stand at the head; grasp the wrists, requesting the patient to take

full,

upper chest inhalation (see par. 273). As

naishif.'

nnd

t^owenn^ the

Arms with

Kes-

jjirntioti

he inhales, draw the arms tightly above the head, holding

them while he holds the breath. until the

As he

exhales, lower the

elbows reach the side of the body.

Repeat

arms

this four

to six times.

Pressure upon any one nerve center should not be

202.

prolonged more than one to

The

203. late

general treatment,

lungs,

minutes

when

stomach,

liver,

organs, and give renewed vigor to

The

Pressure

at a time.

well given, will stimu-

thereby improving the action of

the nerve centers,

all

the heart,

five

bowels, all

all

the generative

the glands of the !)ody.

treating of a muscle, an organ, or any part of the

body, .has a signification law.

A

cells

are

tliat

means more than mechanical

is composed of a multiple of cells. These endowed with metabolistic power, the power of growth and the reproducing of themselves. This power is

mind. of the

muscle

Mind. then, cell is

is

the

life

of

the life of the bodv.

tiie

cell.

The

multiple

Duration

life

EHect

ot

SIAMENE PIOME TREATMENT.

74

To life is

mind

direct the

To

and growth.

into healthy channels

mind

direct the

is

promote

to

cell

into imhealthy channels

to favor disintegration of cell power.

Therefore,

when you

seek to cure a person by manipulative treatment, the act has a greater signification than the mere mechanical

movements

of the finger-tips upon the skin, muscles and nerves to be influenced.

means

It

that there

is

a communication between

the soul of the operator and the subconscious

mind of

the

Therefore, in every instance where one person

patient.

treating another by mechanical

movements and

is

the application

of external remedies, the operator should bear in mind that the proper state of the subject should be passivity, and. in turn, the operator should be sufficiently passive (par.

253) to

concentrate his mind, and gently, softly and firmly apply the

manipulations

which

in

zvill,

;

most desired

is

in the pJiysical

unison with the manipulation, that

to take place

flic

creation of cell poiver

body.

In the treatment of children and

204.

ft'e])le

people,

the

operator should always begin with a gentle touch, gradually increasing the pressure as his judgment dictates and the sensation of the patient tolerates.

Should the treatment, at first, the

in

any

case, be

given too \-iolently

muscles of the patient are liable to become sore.

In such cases the patient ma}- become discouraged, but such

should not be.

On

the other hand, wait patiently until the

soreness has passed

off,

for the second

treatment,

and the

results will be good.

^^^'

Local

Treatment

^^ ^^^^ treatment is for

sorcucss,

locatc

tlic

Icsiou,

the contraction thoroughly.

power

—

that

late the part all

is,

the part.

all

local pain, contraction or

apply Xer\e If

there

is

the muscles are too soft

Food, and inhibit lack of contractile

and loose

— stimu-

by rapid vibration (see par. 148) and manipulate

the tissues in

removing

if

any

its

radius that are in any

way

sensitive, thus

pressure and freeing the circulation to and from

GMMcuAL tki:atmi:nt. 206.

y-^

Acute cases should have Hght treatment once

in

every

u,;<<- c.-iscs

lour to six hours, according- to the case, and the treatment

should

n()t

and never

be continued longer than ten or hfteen minutes, li^ng

enough

to

produce soreness.

207. Chri^nic cases require longer treatment, usually fifteen lo thirty minutes, especially if a general

given as well as a

treatment

ciimnic cnsi-s

is

Chronic cases require treatment

local.

every other

e\'ery day. or

from

da)-,

accortling to the sensitiveness

of the skin and muscles. 208.

The general

application of the principles herein set

forth will meet the long-felt cially

the

want of

the general public, espe-

mothers who are raising their families of

Heip

tor the

-i/ot/iers

little

children. 209.

The manipulative treatment should be given

women

nant

with great care and gentleness,

if

and, under no circumstances, should any of the

be given her that stretch the muscles of the

arms above the head. also

Pregnant mothers

from the breathing

The reader It

movements

Pregnancy

chest

good

and re-

system, and

exercises.

will find detailed instruction

treatment to specific

nuh

Regard to

l)ack,

this

caution

all;

will find

from the hydropathic department of

sults

to preg-

given at

i)arts in the

foi*

to apply

other chapters.

would require many large volumes

ment that may be given

on how

to detail every treat-

the entire body.

Such a work

would not be what the busy people want, or could make use of. So there niust be a certain amount of judgment and discretion exercised bv the reader in treating-.

The people do -^ot

want

lengthy Details

Chapter XI. PLATES AND NOTES ON AIO\^EMENTS.

PLATE NO.

I.

GENERAL TREATMENT OF NECK. 210.

With

the patient on his back, on a table or bed, with

neck freed from clothing, eyes closed and muscles relaxed, say something to him that will establish his faith that the

treatment

will

be

comfortable and beneficial.

easy,

Place

the fingers of both hands on either side of the spine of the vertebrae,

close

the spine, fingers

down

up

Make

the spine.

to the

head and near together, touching

gentle,

but deep, pressure outward from

drawing the

down

fingers

toward the head.

Move

the spine one inch, and proceed as before.

the

]\Iove

the entire length of the neck, and as far as the fourth

dorsal, in like

and deep.

manner.

The

pressure must be gentle, thorough

This manipulation

is

designed to relax

all

con-

tracted muscles, stimulate those that are too lax and start the latent forces of the sympathetic nerves.

76

up

PLAT]-: XO.

2.

GENERAL TREATMENT OF NECK (CONTINUED). 211. First

:

Place the heel of each hand above and a

back of the ears, the resting

down

Second

:

Move

five

movement

the head

vertebr?e,

the neck from the ear.

head from one side to the (Uher slight extension while the

from

Roll the

or six times,

at

this

all.

is

side to side, letting the

giving the head a tossing motion.

movement

bones and

start

is

to

make

a

being conducted.

from which the head has been passed touch the head if

little

in front of the ears, last fingers

on back of neck near spinous processes of the

finger extending

first

thumbs

The

hand

lightly,

object of

further loosen the articulation of the

up the circulation of the

fluids

from the neck

to the head.

79

PLATE NO.

3.

GENERAL TKEATMEXT OF XHCK 212.

on one

T^lace

one hand under

side, the last

two on

tlie

(

COXTIX L'ED)

head, the

first

.

two

fingers

the opposite side of the spinous

processes of the vertel^rcC, close up to the head

;

the other

under the chin. Pull easily, firmly and steadil}-. in a direct line with the loody, until let

you can perceive the

patient's

slack about one-half that tension,

the right as

you

body move

draw

slightly;

the head as far to

can, then to the left, then to an angle of

same

for the right,

front

the patient toward you until the head will

hang

thirty-five degrees to the left, the

and back muscles.

Draw

over the end of the

and press the chin on the

The

object of this

Idien raise the head from the back

table.

l)reast.

moxement

the muscles of the neck.

two

ribs,

it

as far backwards.

and

Raise the collar-bone and the

first

thereby further freeing and stimulating the circula-

tion of the fluids in the neck

This treatment bral congestion,

all

is

It relieves

to the brain.

kinds of soreness and stiffness in the neck, all

forms of brain and head troub-

the tension, and opens the dams,

the rivers of life to flow

80

and

one of the best to relieve spinal and cere-

rheumatism, neuralgia, and les.

carrying

to stretch the ^•ertel)ra?

is

f reel v.

and permits

d "A

w H <

PLATE XO.

4.

GENERAL TREATMEXT OF NECK 213. ^\'ith

tlie

either side of the

thumbs on

pnlp}' first

jxirtion si)ines

(

oi the

CONTINI-ED) fingers

.

applied on

of the cervical vertebrae, the

the muscles on the side of the neck, pull pinch,

knead and stretch the muscles up and down the

full

length

of the neck, giving them a gentle shake for several moments.

83

PLATE NO.

5.

IREATMEXT FOR THE 214.

Grasp an ear with each

and downward quite strongly. angles to the head, lastly, place the

liand,

Idien

making strong

EAR.

and move them upward ])ull

them out

tensioii

for

a

at right

moment

second and third fingers in front of the open-

ings of the ear and give circular vil)ration for one minute. If there

efflurage

enough

is

tenderness of the nerves and skin around the ear,

it.

to

These movements must not be made strong give pain.

internal ear troubles

This treatment

s'.iould

be

given in

and cases of hardness of hearing,

the general treatment of the neck to free the circulation.

84

after

rLATi: XU. VIP.KATIOX OF 215.

thumbs

Tl'.Ml'I.KS

AXi)

with the pulps of ihe

l-'irst.

resting"

6a.

FORK

ling-ers

I

[

RAD.

over the temples,

on the forehead, xihrate (par. 177)

or three minutes; seeond. mo\

e

tor

two

the fingers to the forehead,

and vibrate the same length of time;

give EHIurage

third,

movement over temples and forehead with

the palms of the

hands.

This treatment should be given for weak vision, inllam-

mation of the paralysis,

eyes,

for d?feeti\e speech in

and tobacco

for the alcoholic

imderlying" the temple

is

congested in these habits.

some forms of

habits,

the portion involved,

as the brain

inHamcd and

1die freeing of the circulation and

stimulating of the brain in this region gives health and resist-

ing power to overcome the habit.

SIAMEXE MOVEMENT TO TEMPLES AXD FOREHEAD. 216.

Applv Siamene AIo\ement

and foreiiead

until the skin

is

This mo\-ement should be given neuralgia

r)f

the temples,

to

(par.

184) over temples

pinkish red, in suj)erorl)ital neuralgia,

remove wrinkles

in

premature

old age. and where there are yellow blotches on the forehead

from

sluo"-ish Wvev.

PLATE NO.

6b.

PETRASSAGING TEMPLES AND FOREHEAD. 217. Gently manipulate (par. i68). over the inner corners

of the eyes, the superorbital ner\-e, with the pulpy ends of the fingers.

This treatment

is

found

l^eneficial

defective vision, neuralgia of the eyes, and

all

in

eve strain,

forms of

tlammation of the parts, and should be preceded bv

a

in-

thorough

general treatment of the neck, to equalize the circulation to all

the

i)arts.

88

PLAT1<: XO. 7 A.

TREATMENT OF THE NOSE. 218.

Place the palmer surface of the thunihs on either

side of the nose near the hridge, pressing- with a

and outward

downward

I'Aery alternate stroke, bring' the

stroke.

thumbs

around, outward and under the projecting bone of the cheek.

Every other

stroke,

end on the sides of the nose below

tlie

cartilage with a pressing, grinding motion.

This treatment

is

recommended

for nasal catarrh,

some

forms of headache and toothache involving the teeth of the upper jaw.

91

PLATE NO.

7B.

TREATMENT OF THE NOSE (CONTINUED). 219.

Place the pulpy part of the

the nose, press once quite hard

duce a slight discomfort.

that

;

thumb on

hard enough to pro-

is,

This treatment

of the nose, acute inflammations,

the bridge of

is

given in catarrh

etc.

TREATMENT FOR LACHRYMAL SAC (tEAR DUCT). Put the thumbs or index fingers of both hands on

220.

either side of the nose over the inner corner of the eve. Avill

rest

on the lachrymal sac

sure, then

(

tear sac

)

draw them downward along

adjoining the cheek-bone.

on the

sac

iVIake gentle pres-

.

the line of the nose

Alake this movement

times, then place the pulpy portion of the

They

first

five

to ten

or second finger

and give rotary vibration, eight or ten times.

92

d 2;

PLATE XO.

8.

TREATMENT OF SLPERORBITAL XERVE. 221.

thumb ou

Place the palmer surface of the

either side

of the bridg-e of the nose, press gently and jlrmly u])\vard and

outward, crossing over the eyelids just the bone which can be

felt

o\-er a small

under the eyebrows

up over the forehead, so when the scalp

is

;

notch in

bring them

reached they will

be al)out three inches apart.

This stimulates and frees the circulation of the superorbital

nerve.

and nose.

This nerve sends liranches to the eye. forehead !Make this movement

fi\'e

to ten times.

«J5

PLATE NO.

9.

TREATMENT FOR SPREADING AND STIMULATING 222. trils,

NOSTRILS.

Introduce the foreting'er of each hand into the nos-

placing the thumbs on the outside wings of the nose;

jiress the fingers in as far as

mit, grasping the

the size of the nostrils will per-

wings with the thumbs and

down, then up, stimulating thoroughly

all

the

fingers, pulling

mucous mem-

brane of the nose and stretching the openings. excellent treatment

for catarrh

This

is

an

of the nose, and shotild be

repeated not oftener than once in two days.

96

i

PLA TK XO.

lo.

TRKAT.MKXr OF TlIK r.ACK MUSCLES OF T 223.

neck,

I'lace

lettinj^-

1 1

XFCK.

F

one hand on the forehead, the other over the the tin^-ers

reach under the liack of the neck, spine: press gently

and deeply,

pulling the muscles from the spine and upward.

INIove the

ends of the fingers touching

hand downward

tlie

until all the

muscles are treated as far

down

as the third dorsal vertebra. ^^'hile

spine,

roll

away from

pulling and jM-essing the muscles the head to and

the

fro with the opposite hand,

seems best to relieve the tension of the

mtiscles.

as

I^reat the

other side in like manner.

TO STIMULATE THE VASSO-MOTOR CENTERS

ERAL CIRCULATION

IS

on the back, stand

224. \\ith the patient

WHERE GEN-

POOR. at the side of

the head, place the fingers of one hand on the muscles of the back of the neck close to the spine, the other hand on the forehead, to steady or roll

contracted and stimulate

all

it,

as desired

;

relax

all

of the relaxed muscles.

of the

These

centers should be treated to control fevers affecting the chest,

neck, face, head and arms.

99

PLATE NO.

With

the patient

A.

THE CLAXICLE.

RATSIXG 225.

1 1

on

across the chest, grasp the

tlie

arm

side or back,

at the

elbow flexed

elbow with one hand,

the fingers of the other under the collar-bone with the back

of the fingers to the neck

;

press

upon the elbow and

pull

out on the collar-bone; pull gently, avoid giving pain, as the soft parts are sensitive.

This treatment should be gi\en every other day

in

asthma

and early stages of consumption, where the front muscles of the neck have contracted

on the nerves and the head.

and drawn the collar-bone down

vessels of the neck leading to

and from

PLATE XO. ROTATION" OF 226. Patient

in

operator with the

the

left

it:

THE SHOULDER.

saine position

as the preceding,

the

hand on the point of the shoulder, the

right hand on the elbow; rotate the shoulder from 1)ack\vard to

forward

in a circular motion.

This treatment

may

be given in asthma,

mastitis, cancer of the breast,

consumption,

and where the muscles of the

chest and shoulders are diseased.

103

PLATI-: XU.

EXPANSION OF 227. \\

hich

Tlie patient

is

lyini^-

on

the side, with one

l)y

12.

CHEST.

rilK

hack,

tlie

h.'ind

;

the left wrist,

<.>-rasp

place

tiie

lingers of the

other hand near the spines of the hack-hor.e, hetween the

and second

Have

rihs.

(par. 273) while hrinoino" the

and hackward

fulcrum,

firmly

a

arm

position over

upward, outward

steadily

head,

tlie

using the arm

and the ends of the hngers of the right hand as

as a lever a

to

first

the patient take a deep inspiration

raise

to

abox'e

the

Hold

ribs.

the

arm strongly and

head a few seconds while the patient

the

is

holding his breath.

Now bringing is

gradually and slowly return the arni to the side by

around over the face and chest while the patient

it

exhaling.

arm is being returned and upward and outward on the

Wdiile the

tient is exhaling, press

the pafirst

rib

with the fingers that are fixed on the back.

Move

the

so on until like

hand down one

all

H

manner.

there

side of the patient

This

is

rib

and proceed as before, and

the ribs are raised.

and

is

Treat the other side in

an assistant, place him on the other

treat both sides at the

one of the best mo\ements for de\eloping" the

increasing the heart power. tw-een the ribs

It

removes pressure from be-

and the intercostal nerves and muscles that

sometimes causes asthma, consumption, heart trouble.

li\-er

in the It

disease,

stomach

This movement stimulates the circulation

arms, shoulders and muscles of the shoulder blades. is

a g(^od treatment to

equallv as is

time.

strengthening the circulation through the lungs and

l^ust,

and

same

ecjualed

good

make one

well

when

sick,

to keep one in a ])erfect state of health.

and It

onlv bv the physical culture mox'ements for the

chest.

104

PLATi: XO. THE FRONT ENDS OF

RAISlXc;

RIBS

13.

AND STRETCHING THE

DIAPHRAGM. 228. Place the patient

by the

sides,

place the

Have

the ends of the ribs of left side, fingers

As he

exhales, press

ward with the thumbs, drawing the site side in like

manner.

each treatment.

When

is

upward and

ribs up.

times in

all

are turned in; this

often found in stomach, liver and spleen troubles.

there are adhesions of the liver and stomach to the

diaphragm caused by chronic inflammation, will be

five

This treatment should be given ribs

out-

Treat the oppo-

Raise the ribs two to

cases where the front ends of the

condition

hands

the patient take a deep, long abdominal

mspiration (par. 274).

at

flex the knees,

muscles relaxed; stand at the patient's right side;

thumbs under

over them.

on the back,

somewhat

and gently

painful,

this

treatment

and should be given very carefully

at first.

107

PLATE NO.

14.

EXPANSION OF UPPER CHEST. 229.

Seat the patient on a stool, with his hands locked

behind his neck

;

stand before

him.

place

your hands on

either side of the upper dorsal A'ertebra, fingers close to the

spine; press

down

firmly while the patient breathes deeply

273) as he exhales, draw upward and outward on the muscles and back ends of the ribs. Move the hands down one (par.

;

inch and repeat as before, and so on until

all

the spines and

muscles of the dorsal region are treated.

This treatment

is

given to expand the upper chest and

stimulate the spinal circulation where the l.eart and lungs are

weak and cough

loS

is

present.

PLATE NO.

14.

EXPANSION OF UPPER CHEST.

rLATl". XO.

GENERAL

13.

TKKAIMKNT OF ALE THE SPINAL

Sl'IXAL

SV-MI'ATIIETICS.

The

230.

patient on the

relaxed; niassai^e

face

tal)le,

down,

the nuiscles

all

the nuiscles from the head to the end

all

of the spine, commencing" on one side of the upper part of the neck,

making- the tingers the lixed point, drawing the

muscles to this point with the thumbs, manipulating close to the spine

and out between the

ribs.

and

I'l'ess

s(|ueeze

all

hard and contracted nuiscles with the heel of the hand, gently l)inching

and

them.

pulling"

Massage

the

opposite side in

After the hard and cc^ntracted muscles are sof-

manner.

like

tened and relaxed, give Efflurage

(par.

175)

manipulation

over the entire spine and back, making a downward, outward

and circular stroke from the

si)ines

laterally,

with an

o])cn,

"loving" hand. \\'hen this treatment tracted chests

are depressed,

and cold it

is

given in asthma, tuberculosis, con-

in the chest

and lungs, where the

should be followed by the treatment

ribs

in par.

227.

This treatment as

circulation, in

given before most

is

local treatments,

thereby liberating" any contraction that

sym]jathy with the diseased organ.

and

all

tones up the entire nervous system and frees the general

it

beneficial treatment to give

one

It

who

is 's

may

be

a very effective fatigued trom a

day's work.

BROXCHIAL TUBES. 231.

treatment

si)inal

ment

When i)ar.

(

the bronchial (

par.

tubes are affected,

the general

230) and expansion of the chest treat-

227) should be gixen. after which, three to

five

minutes' circuhir \ibration should be gi\-en o\-er the affected tube.

PLATE NO.

1

6.

ADJUSTMENT OF THE 232.

The

patient on the left side, the operator in front of

the patient with the right

over the

last

RIBS.

four

ribs,

of the ribs in front.

hand by the

sides of the spines

the left four fingers under the edge

While the hands are

have the patient inhale deeply.

As he

in this position,

exhales, pull forward

and upward with the right hand, and push backward and

upward with two in

the left hand, in such a

forces to oppose each other.

this

position,

give

manner

as to cause the

While the hands are

sudden pressures

in

succession

still

with

the right hand, bringing the force against the left in front.

CN

> a

PLATI-: \().

TRKATMKXT 233.

riic ]);iliciU

(tF

1'

1

1

mi a

rccliniiiL;'

rilROAP.

K

cot, or

sittin,!4'

with the head throw n 1)ackwai'(l. the iiKuith wide staiKhn^i^" at tlie

ti»r

The

head of the patient with one hand

back of the head,

iiiuler the

and manicured, introduce it

lite

it

other hand

_ii,"entl_\'

l)eins;"

into the

l.et

on

resting'

runniuiL;-

])alate,

makin|L;"

squeezing- pressure.

the patient rest a minute, then run the fino-ers

the t(tnsils: sfpieeze

Then turn

the pulpy

and

i)art

of the throat and press

thumb or

it.

well cleansed

mouth,

arotind the roof, then o\-er the arch or soft

a circular,

()])era-

order to steady or to raise

in

finger or tlninih of

first

a chair,

nii

(i])en.

linger

])ress

them

down

to free the circulation.

of the finger or tlntm!) to the hack it

in

like

luanner.

up into the arch of the

Lastly, run the

roof, in the back ])art

of the nose, press and scpteeze quite hard, to stinuilate the circulation in after

It T

\\'h\-

these parts.

This treatment should be gi\en

some form of neck treatment,

enlarg'etl etc.

all

and swollen is

for jjost-nasal

followed by positively good results.

hax'e often cured severe cases of (piinsy in will

catarrh,

tonsils, diphtheria, ])haryngitis, (|ninsy,

it

cure?

— Because

it

frees

one treatment.

the circttlation

parts and permits the congested blood to flow the inire blood to enter.

from

to it

the

and

JM.ATi-:

XO.

8.

1

KIDNEY TRIvATM KXT. 234. reliexe

After gixing- g-eneral

s])inal

treatment

tension upon the organs that

all

the kidneys, and patient

is still

(

par.

230) to

may sympathize

reclining face

with

downward, mus-

operator standing by the side of the table, place

cles relaxed,

one hand over the eighth, ninth and tenth dorsal vertebrre, gras]) one ankle with the other,

strong to keep

.sufficiently

it

making extension on

as the patient can bear without pain, pressing the back with the other hand. a hand's breadth,

an assistant

Move

the

is

the back

five

or six

very large, the operator should have

to raise the limb for him.

with the opposite limb in

up

downward on

hand down

and repeat the same operation

If the patient

cimes.

the leg

straight; raise the leg as far

like

Repeat the moxement

manner.

BED-WETTING (NOCTURNAL INCONTINENCE OF URINE). 235. I'his treatment

ceding.

is

very

For incontinence of

much

the

same

as the pre-

urine, place the resisting

hand

on the wedge-bone, instead of over the kidneys, and press harder on the wedge-bone than over the kidneys. In treating inr bed-wetting, ])lace

on the

fioor

if

the

and stand between the

place one foot on the

wedge-bone and

patient feet,

is

an adult,

grasp the ankles,

raise the feet as high

as the patient can endiux, pressing on the wedge-bone.

peat this motion three or four times every other day.

116

Re-

c>

WE

'L

XO.

!(;,

TkKA'rMKNT OF Ki:rTrM. 236.

lla\c

the

oeneral spinal ill

trcaliiKMit

creased force to side,

left

hnoer well

duce

it

slow ly and ^ently

:

when

the patient

senn-t1exed on (

in>

mi

the

standini(

)pL'rator

tinkers and thumb well

two

the patient's hips, with hrst

oiled, introduce the hrst

buoyancy and

Turn

ni).

torccs

tlic

c(|uali/.c

a

muscles relaxed.

the

(iivc

cncnia.

t<'

i.;ive

limbs drawn

the

all

will

of the body.

i)arts

ail

warm

a

J^cM.

i)ar.

This

with the

abdomen, and at

(

the spinal centers.

all

the

take

i)aticnt

into the rectum: intro-

nj)

well up. give

a sweej)

it

all

around the inside; give two or three sweeps of this kind, At the last stimulating the mucous surfaces thoroughly. sweep,

let

the hnger rest at the l)ack of the rectum, with the

thumb on

(coccyx) on the outside;

the tail-bone

parts together with the thuml) and finger in this

vou

will stimulate the

manii^ulate

tion,

all

While

also,

this ])osi-

in

around on the inside with the

finger.

Use about the same gentle pressure with the finger that would

the rectum that yt^u apple,

when vou

ing the skin. tTesh\'

knead

it

pWe

If a

cause them

:

this will

it

])ile

and

under the

should

b.'

teel

finger.

])rcss

Lastly,

])ile

it

forward, and

as

vou can stretch

patient

are

must endure

withdrawn.

it.

it.

This

and expand the rectum as

finger

This as

it

will

give some

will cease as

di\nl
is

and

turn the back of

introduce the thumb by the side of the finger; when well

thumb and

and

harder than

])ressed

stimulate the walls of the

to contract and heal.

like a

sometimes

semi-soft,

the finger to the front of the rectum, press

spread the

in

more mellow without break-

smooth

hard, get

gristlv

it

is

a mellow-

you were maifipulating

encountered, which will

is

gently (the hard

the soft pile)

if

make

sometimes

Inm]),

rough and

desire to

and

]){)sition.

nerve centers behind the rectum: with the thumb.

the superficial nerves,

the

])ress

])ain,

but

in.

far

the

soon as the fingers

excellent

to 119

bring

the

and

1)1<)0(1

rectum should not

The

These treatments

stren^ili tn these parts. Ije

gi\en oftener than once

in

to the

days.

five

external treatment to the nerves over the wedge-bone,

and genera]

treatment

followed

by Tapotment

(hacking)

treatment over these parts, should be given every other dav.

This treatment ])iles.

may

be

g'i\-en

in

all

diseases of the rectum.

etc.

PLATE NO.

20.

TREATMENT OF THE BACK BONES. 237. tient,

Straighten the spine, operator at the side of the pa-

with one thumb on the side of the

spine of the

first

back (dorsal), the other thumb on the opposite side of second spine, or the

one immediatel}' below the

first,

making

pres-

sure at the same time on the two spines in opposite directions.

Move

the

thumbs down one

spine,

the lower

tbumb

to tlie

third spine and the upper one to the second spine, and press as before. directions,

By

so doing,

thereby

each spine

is

driven in opposite

moving and stimulating

lietween the joints and removing pressure that

by a

slight slip of the joint occasioned

the

ligaments

may

be caused

by any

violence, or

steady and gentle contracti(Mi of the spinal muscles. i:-

This

an excellent treatment to give to the spine after general

treatment, in cases of spinal anemia, poor circulation,

heart and

p.'U'alvsis.

weak

I'LA

TRKATMKXT FOR 238.

l'"irst

:

With

xo.

ri':

I

)l

ARK

1

1

21.

l'.

AND

A

X.

IM.I

the patient on the face or side, inliihit

and lower dorsal muscles, which are invariably

the hinihar

contracted and tender, in cases of this kind,

they are

ttntil

thoroui^'hly relaxed.

Second: Press

and

i^'ently

and twelfth dorsal

tirnily

particular attention to any tender 'Idiird

:

Turn

on the tenth, elexenth

two or three

verte])r;e.

body

raise this ])art of the

the patient

the fnigers

sli])

two

ribs; g'entlv

off the table or l)ed

:

minutes.

fix'e

treating himself,

is

last

is (piite

it

in this ])osition three to

it

If

until

payini^'

s|)ine.

the patient on the back and

imder the small of the back under the

hold

niinntes,

roll a (juilt to a

thickness

of about six or eight inches, or take a large bottle or an\--

thing that will across

it

pressure.

in

make

bulk,

la}-

it

down, and

such a luanner as to raise the

This

will

of the bowels, and

relieve

if

lie

with the back

and make

l:)ack

any ordinary case of looseness

the tension

is

kept off the muscles

l)y

inhibiting, will cure 85 per cent of the cases treated. It

warm

is

well to

water once

wash the in

l)owels out with an

cleansed; follow the exacuation of each six ounces, a large cu])ful. of cold water septic

Wash, and

children,

when

retain

it.

irritation or

up for several days,

it

injection of

four to six hours, until thev are well

is

In cases

good

is

ex])ected to keep

to ap]:)ly

sweating com-

press to the bowels iiumediately after each cold at night.

to

and Siamene Anti-

of diarrhea in teething

inflammation

alwa}'s

enema with four

enema and

(See "Sweating Compress,'' par. 313.)

i23

PLATE XO.

22.

STKETCIIIXG THE SCIATIC NERVE. 239.

First: Give general spinal treatment (par. 230).

Second: Patient on the

down on

ing the thigh

draw

knee,

outward as

far as

V

and knee-joint, hring-

the chest; with the other

will

it

With

reverse the motion.

at the hij)

down on

the thigh

operator grasps the ankle

l:)ack.

one hand; hend the leg

^\ith

hand on the

the abdomen, rotate the leg

extend without giving pain, and the leg relaxed, bring

ith a jerk sufficient to jar

straight

it

Before the leg and ner\-e are

it.

rtretched in this manner, relax

all

muscles over the lumbar

region, wdiich will invariably be hard, or very tender

;

some-

(See par. 115.)

tmies both.

ASTHMA. 240.

Asthma can have no

"take off the pressure" that dorsal vertebrae

fifth

Relieve

side.

may draw

all

;

specific rule for is

treatment except

usually between the

more often on the

contracted muscles,

left

and

first

than on the right

there are any which

if

the ribs out of place, causing

them

to press

upon

a nerve.

Give general spinal treatment

(

par.

230) to improve the

cuTulation, expand the chest (par. 227) and adjust the ribs (par.

232).

In cases of asthma the upper chest breathing exercises (par. 2/T,)

are of inestimal)le \"alue, and should not be neg-

lected.

This treatment, persevered will cure the

and

average case.

difficult cases,

formation.

124

we

in daily

from four

to six weeks,

For further information

refer the reader to our

in chronic

Bureau of

In-

I

26

S

l"i:.MAI.K

Till-:

I

AM

1-:

X

!•:

1

M

1

TKK AT M KXT.

F.

OKC.AXS. ITKRIS, OXARIKS, A.XD T

1

1

MALK

K

()K(;AXS.

241.

[•"irsl

:

With

llie

patient ini the face,

all

the muscles

relaxed, .yive oeneral spinal treatment (par. 230), to see that I'nere

no

is

mi the spinal sym])athetic centers that

])ressnre

the i^eneratixe organs.

would s\nipathize with Second: Examine tracted and tender

all

and third lumbars

second

lumbar vertebne.

the

sometimes as low as the

the

at

and ovarian trouble,

uterine

in

lumbar, and.

fifth

con-

inhil)it all

which are usually found

nuiscles.

in diseases of the

bladder and «"enerati\e organs, as low as the second, third

and fourth sacral nerves. Relax

all

(See Reference Column, page

contracted muscles

in this region.

Third: Turn the patient on the

from three to

tions all

fi\e

if).)

l)ack,

give circular vibra-

minutes o\er the parts affected.

In

forms of uterine, oxarian and other diseases affecting the

lower third of trunk (pelvic region) the cold friction baths

316 and 317) are \erv

(pars.

All tlK^se affected

beneficial.

with chronic troubles in this region can not t'lese

aft'ord to

ignore

water treatments.

BLADDER DISEASE. 242. ajjplies

The same general treatment For alike t(t bladder diseases.

matters not what the

name

some

])art

The cause

is

it

is

that yoti

must be

inxariably from

of the vasso-motor nerxcN.

reach

16.

of the disease

ha\e to contend with, the eradication of moving' the cause.

and o\aries

specitic points to

Column, page

the bladder, see the Reference it

for uterus

The

b_\-

re-

pre.-siu'e (»n

centers of this

system are foimd along on the sides of the spines of the l)ack-bone.

The

indications that are manifest are hardness, tenderness

and contractions of the muscles, or dislocated

l)one'^.

All head, neck, lung, heart, stomach, li\er. kidney, bowel, uterine,

the start

bladder, muscular and bone diseases are relieved in

same general wav the ri\'ers of

life.

:

that

is,

to

remove the pressure and

Chapter XII. M1-:X TAL MI'IDICIXK.

243.

as

lii)n

Mental medicine it

is

is

the science that treats of sugges-

mind

in

when

excited to

1)eci~tme

depressors

apjjhcd to the attril)utes of the

the art

of healing. 244.

Some

of the attrihntes of the mind,

an excessixe action from external stimnli.

Idiey are cantion. ai)i)rol)ation. \eneration.

of the \ital forces.

conjugal loxe. 245.

Depres-^ors

etc.

There are other attributes that neutralize the excess-

i\e action of the dejiressors

becoming tonics

by their increased energy, thereby

to the \ital forces.

self-esteem, mirth fulness, F(ir illustration: tion,

being the guard,

intii

\iolent action.

hope.

one

If

ronu

is

They

are combati\'eness.

etc.

exposed to great danger, cau-

o\erstimulated, throwing- the ner\-es

is

such instances, the

In

rendered weak and de\italized.

forces are

\ital

This condition

is

neutralized

by the increased action of combativeness. which

is

the de-

fensive faculty, acting in direct opposition to caution.

Conjugal and

ii\g,

is

love,

w hen stimulated to overaction,

neutralized

1))-

riiere are

tion,

a])plied b}' the

covjugai ^'°''^

the increased action of hope.

These mental remedies are

b>'

is de\'italiz-

law of sugges-

two ways of administering mental medicine

suggestion and by auto-suggestion. 246.

Suggestion

is

the transference of thought

from the

suggestion

operator to the patient. 247. tient

Auto-suggestion

upon

himself,

and

is

is

thought which

is

made bv

the pa-

conducted on the same general

Autosuggestum

lines

as suggestion. 248. m(in_\-

Health

is

ours

b\-

with natural laws,

birthright, and,

we

are

bound

1)\-

to be

li\ing in liar-

healthw 127

Health

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

128 249.

Its Object

riic (il)iect i)f HK'ntal

know

to

and

liiniself

the mental laws and

mental

liis

how

medicine

to apjjly

to enal)1e the reader

is

to

attri1)utes,

them

ti

>

understand

conserve his forces,

up the man and heal the hody.

Ijuild

we

In sttidving- mental medicine,

will first detlne the "Self,"

may more

then dehne the attrilmtes of the Self, that the reader clearly grasp the ])urport of

For our purpose, we true that there

It is

As

is

what we term "Mental Medicine."

man

define

but one Self

Each

He."

"Supreme

is

Self has a consciousness of

we

is

Self

is

own

This

self.

As

such,

The This

a "Dual Self," i)artaking of the nature of the spiritual

Divine

It

must be

Unconscious or Spiritual

itself

for

so,

it

proceeds from the

Then

projecting upon the physical plane.

Self,

part of the Dual Self, the

as the

its

"a unit."

this consciousness that ever exists as a whole.

and the physical.

first

call

am

"I

each fraction being a part of the whole.

divisible,

Self

Each ray whispers.

Self."

consciousness, for our purpose,

ing

Self."

"God."

ravs stream forth from the sun, so the "Selves" stream

forth from the

it

"Ego" or "A

as an

in the fullest sense:

first

great cause,

Self, the

we

the

will define

immortal nnnd, mak-

The

manifest onlv through the nature of things.

second part, the Conscious or Physical Self, the mortal mind, m.aking

itself

manifest only through the physical senses.

"The Unconscious ]Mind and tal

Mind, immor-

and mortal."

We

will

further define the Self as a divisible wdiole, ex-

]:)ressing itself

250.

Attributes

the Conscious

upon two

Attributes

planes, the spiritual

(faculties)

may

and the

i)hysical.

be defined as i)owers of

the Self, their aggregate comprising the mind, which ble

of generating thought

Attributes (faculties)

body, the brain. lation to the Primary Attributes

and conveying

mind

it

manifest

is

the

sustain the

capa-

denser

same

re-

that the organs sustain to the body.

f*rimarilv there are three attributes through

Ijecomes

to

—

causalit\-

(knowing),

which the Self

firmness

(will-

ing), destructiveness (energizing).

Each of these

attributes

has two planes, the conscious and

miconscious.

I

uncon-

.M i:.\'l"AI.

sciouslv kiiiiw, c»r

in"

CDiisciiiusK-

1

scioiisly

We

M

129

i:i»iciXK.

cunscidUsU' kimw.

1

will.

iinconscinusly will,

I

unconsciouslx- ciiergi/.e, or

1

1

cmi-

eners^lze.

unconscimisK-

know

truth

a

our intuition,

thnuij^ii

unaided by our conscious reasoning-.

We

know

consciously

soning,

coni])aring

1)\-

We

with similar truths.

it

unconsciousl\-

through our conscious rea-

a truth

will

ihrough

thing

a

passix-e,

silent,

IcA-ing desire.

W'e consciously

We ity in

will a thing

through

active, positive desire.

unconsciouslv energize a thing through silent passiv-

knowing and

We

willing.

consciouslv energize a thing- through conscious know-

ing and willing- in active desire. 251.

The secondary

of the

Secondary

remaining mental faculties which contribute one toward the

Attributes

attributes collectively are

all

other and to the primary attril)utes on both the unconscious

and the conscious plane.

Lying within

the

inherent nature of both

i)rimarv

the

and secondary attributes are the laws of health and

From what our

the foregoing

butes; that nal,

we

are a part of the

e\'er-active,

"The

within tinies,

we have

and

kiioi^'s

we

One Great if

we

are,

and

sustain to our attri-

which

Life,

no failure; that

Silence." and that,

we

learned what

attrilmtes are; the relation

disease.

is

power

all

gox'ern (^ur

own

eterlies

des-

our health and comfort, we must learn to recognize

these truths 252.

and conform

Idle

fundamental

to their

governing mental medicine are First:

That the mind

immutable laws.

])rincii)les

is

embraced

in

the

laws

:

Principles

dual

— unconscious

(immortal)

and conscious (mortal). Second: That the unconscious

is

the

working

]xnver, the

Visetergo, that marxelous power that selects and directs the

foods to the upbuilding of the '^ensitixe ])late. th.e

Finidanieiital

l)o(ly,

and the conscious, the

recei\ing and contributing

all

external world to the unconscious mind.

impressions from

I'hird lt\'

HOME TREATMENT.

SIA.MEXK

130 Tlic

:

imcdiiscidus

power of

the

]-'otn-th

constaiUh' amenable to control

stig"g'estion.

That the unconscious mind has absolute control

:

functions and sensations of the body.

of the conditions, Fifth

is

That the unconscious mind receives the suggestions

:

through the conscious mind. Sixth: That the conscious mind receives

suggestions

its

tlu-ough the hve senses from the objective world.

Seventh

That these suggestions may be conveyed

:

ways

l>rimary

—

orally,

mentally, and physically

(

in three

pars.

254,

255- 256).

Eighth

That

:

where there

in

conveying a suggestion of health thought,

a disease, through the conscious to the uncon-

is

mind, there must always be passivity (par. 253).

.scions

CONDITIONS FOR ADMINISTERING MENTAL MEDICINE.

must be perfect

2^3' In all cases there

Condition of Patient

tion,

of

the muscles of the body,

all

This passivity must carry with

tient.

passivity, or relaxa-

on the part of the pait

no mental

the passive thought, "a loving desire of life,"

])assive

things rises

the

state,

(

amativeness) and the faculty of

Passing from the active to the

the objective reason of

suspended;

is

in

(

attri-

vitativeness).

butes, the faculty of love

desire of life

act except

from two

consef|uence,

in

all

the

places

times,

and

unconscious mind

supremacy abo\e the conscious or active mind, and

body

at

once becomes thoroughly relaxed.

dition, the patient

is

In this con-

prepared to receive the highest degree

of positive results from suggestion (also, see par. 263).

The

Condition of Operator

in

a

paticut in this ])assive state, the operator also becomes,

degree,

you desire

Concentrate yoxn

passixe.

to take place,

and

let

mind

u])on

what

your features and soul drop

right straight out of force and intellect and right into smiles, gentleness, softness and love, ]

lower,

qualit}-.

shall be so.

range,

"S'ou

and

in that state icill the thing,

kind or character yoti want, and

it

can never achie\'e the grandeur of this truth

unless vou obev this law.

This and

this onlv

is

the law of

Mi'Dici XK.

Mi-:.\'r.\i.

atlaiiinieiU

its

put

]ii>\\cr

hence,

;

hand

\()iir

whose

When

state

tliis

they are at onee of

(•/;

that

siig'g"estion

a
n.-xcr

unless \
tn a patient

tOundatii

])atient to reeei\e.

I.()\

is

ui

atlaineil

is

nic'dicinc

iiK-iital

he wishes

l)y

and

the ])atient

254. is

made

mind

hi'^

own.

is

in a slow, g-eutle.

the patient's subliminal

ot'

line

the

these sug'g'estions on a line of ])h\'>icall\'.

u])on the object desired.

the su<;gestion

If

iiperator.

unconseiou> mind

action that he has decided u])on. orallw mentalK' or

concent rat iui^-

ir

!•'..

tiie

makes

1

lloor of

in the

(h"
The operator lorniulates his

rat^(^t>rl.

lie

1:^1

made

to be

forceful, confidential

mind

argument

orally, the

way.

omiiy

leadini^'

to take u]) this ari^ument as his

steadilw positixel}- and ])ersistently. that the

afhrmiui^-.

functions of the body organs are steadil}' and surely grow-

ing better, stronger and more health}life-giving element, in the passi\e state,

and uniformly distributed

to all

the blood,

that

:

is

being more

parts of the l)od\'

;

the

surel\-

that the

mental faculties are becoming clearer and stronger, and that there will be a harmonious union between the mental forces

and

this line of

255.

operator

The operator may.

elements.

])hysical

argtiment

an\- (lirectii)n

in

the stiggestion

If

in

is

to

made

1)e

he

in

mav

The

the health thoughts suggested life

that

at

MemaUy

the ratio of

b}-

\\

ith the

breath

These

himself or o])erator.

element and the thotight element, unite

on a common plane with

comixnmd

desire.

patient breathes into his lungs the

life-giving element of the atmosphere, carrving

two elements, the

conduct

mentalK". patient and

foregoing condition breathe

the

two. three and one.

fact,

becomes

a chemical aftinitv,

at

producing a new

once a \italizing. restoratixe agent.

Min
you Control the

other.

suggestions mentally

and they 256.

the

will If

in

The

o])erator faith

full

thus sends forth

his

of absolute good results,

sureh' be obtained.

suggestion

is

to be

made 'hrougb

same conditions. mentalK- and

preceding methods

])re\ail.

ph\->icall\-.

])hvsical

means.

as in the tw-o

The operator, in the same

])()si-

rhysUuUy

SIAMKXE HOME TREAT.M EXT.

13-

with sufticient will

linn mentally,

him

force to enable

in

use his hands and muscles, or whatever other objective

he

ma_\-

any of stroke

desire to use

forms

its of-

—

namel}-,

— with

mani])u.lation

the declaration

(

means

lyC))

])ar.

to

in

accom])an\-ing' each

hand that the tension upon the nerve centers

the

of the org-ans l)eing treated will relax, therebv opening the

channels of the

blood to and from

life

permitting the pure

it.

blood to flow freely into that organ and bring nwdx the im-

and restore the normal functions.

l)urities

The foregoing suggestions many lines of arguments to be pends upon the

a1)ilit}-

])ro(luced.

'Jdie

success de-

of the patient and operator to assume

and the ingenuit}'

the proper states,

on\y landmarks of the

are

make

the o])erator to

<)f

the i)roper suggestions. Distant

257. Distant treatment

Treatment

v ay as mcutal treatment. there

results,

may

be an

between operator and It is not. l)e

an agreement

scious

mind of

in

To

in

the

same general

insure the highest degree of

agreement of time for treatment

patient.

is

time between

])atient

any conditi(Mi that

and operator

in

uncon-

will ])lace the

the patient en rapport with the operator will

equall}- as

the operator

conducted

howe\er, absolutely necessar\- that there should

distant treatment, for

produce

is

in

good

results.

For

a passi\-e state,

instance,

if at

anv time

image of the

the

ccjmes before his mind, he can instantaneouslv

come

[jatient cii

raf"-

with him and influence his unconscious mind by the

port

power of suggestion. 258. In

iiai,it

treating

drinks, tobacco in

all

habit, its

such

as

the

use of intoxicating

forms, drugs or other vicious habits,

they are treated in the same general wa}" as diseases.

can

Ije

successfully treated: in fact,

more

They

successfully treated

by suggestion, than by any other one method of treatment. If

you desire

to treat a person for

any

habit,

and

he. in

turn, desires to be cured, the suggestion, with the line of ar-

gument. ma\' be gi\en ap])l\ing mental

in

medicine.

anv one or

all

of the methods of

M

On

the otluT liand.

np the

o-jvinj;-

lie ean treat

ment is

];e il'

(

])ar.

possil)le,

th.e

line

the

(

stomaeh

ai',<;'nment

same time

other ex])e(hents.

by distant treat-

with the patient wlien

gently ai)])roaeh him, and.

one hand npon the temple and the other

solar plexns

of

dcsirons of

not

is

l^rst,

l)y liein^-

to his bedside,

i;-o

133

i:.

liahitiiant

tlu'

and seeond.

J':^J),

x

I

one of two ways:

liini in

hi\-

if

i:i)U

the operator lias >lih

liahil.

slee])in5;-:

M

i':.\iAi.

)

showing-

^ixin^"

;

])rodnee a

silriitly

the habit

n])

him sneh

in

c7('(//',

all

sui^.s^estions as

o\-cr

/^ustlri'c

details,

its

will

ra.ise

at

him

al)ove his eondition. 259. This treatment ^•onn_L;.

tlie

It

is

will

possible for the

bedehamber of

a child,

ap])ly

alike to

mother

may

have.

\\

habits of the

prodneinj^" these ars^-umen.ts in a

loving, expectant way, for the child to

he

all

at nii^iit-time to retire to

henexer she

i)nlls

grow out of any habit a foul weed from the

mental garden she should plant good thoughts such as she desires her child to cultixate.

They

in

its

place,

will take root

and grow.

To

attain the highest degree of this sublime

and potent

remedial agent for both mental and physical derangements, the individuals fiil

and

reward.

who

practice

it

pcrscz'criiii^ to the end,

must learn

to be patient, faitli-

and sure success

will be their

Chapter THE RELA

XIII.

riUX OF AlEX TAL AX!) I'lnSlCAE CL'LTl'KI-:.

The fundamental law

260.

and

of

life

expression

this activity re(|uires perfect reciprocity

l)ody.

It

none of

Ixxly that

meet

cal culture

activity,

because of the absence of recijjrocitv between

is

mind and

is

between mind and

tlie

systems of mental and

tlie

])hvsi-

re(|uirements of the eager-minded in their

search for health and harmonious development.

Much

Mechanical

.Movements

stress

is

laid tipon the

schools of that order, wliicli

must

ijorne in

l)e

mind

is

mechanical mo\-ements bv the

good

so far as

it

goes

;

but

it

which make music

that the scliools

the basis of their exercises are purely mechanical and physical. as

it

mind

impossible to employ the

is

in

deep concentration

upon the development of the body while obliged

to

keep time

to the music.

Another

class are

endeavoring to bring matter under the

dominion of mind, which depends upon forces

and

also

good

;

but perfect success relation of the

two

their perfect interdependence.

261. Certain

Faculties

is

knowledge of the true

a

unrestrained,

For example

if :

faculties of the

mind can not be

exercised,

corresponding parts of the body are diseased.

The

faculty of constructiveness

exercised mechanically, in certain directions,

if

can not be

the

hands are

disabled.

The

faculties of the

body are 1

cal

Concentration

mind and

the organs of the brain and

insei)aral:)le.

houghts

in the ideal ha\'e

no creatixe i)ower on the physi-

plane without j)hysical action to bring them into ol)iectiyitv.

Concentration l)rings

them

effort. 134

u])(»n

to concrete

gi\en thoughts

crvstalli/.es tlicni

form when they unite with

and

])hvsical

ridx

Ki-.i.A

I1II-:

Space

will

Mi.Ni'Ai.

111-

pcniiil

iini

and sii^xcstions

between mind and

l)alance

Sa\-s one:

than the is

no

to

Ixxlv.

the student

lielj)

tlieni both.

/'//

am

1

ol)lii;ed

And

the mental.

he

is

ha])]))-

a in

t'nrtlier

time swejjt the

all

separates the

it

dissolution al)s<)rbs

linal

the i)hysical

is

his

first

man

as a

man. and exercises

done

recog-

mind accord-

mental ])o\\ers manifest

his

rhuunin

hut this

to i)erform;"

])roi)ortion

direct

in

make

able to

done

is

nizes himself as a mental inq-lv.

until

flioiti^/il.

which

Tliat

a

t<>

i^ive

nuv aim.

is

from the face of the earth, because

n:ind and bo(K-.

simply

ti>

nece,ssit\- for ])h)sieal cnltin-e,

lal)or

jjlivsical

bul

135

disser-

isopliical

pliilt

(|iR'Sii. nis.

one of the errors that has throii^-hont

peoj)le

in

>ee

""I

or

sciciuitic

a

ialitui upi'ii ilicsc mucli-stu(lic
a tew jutints

I'lnsiiAi. cri/rruK.

.\.\i>

ti])on

the physical organs. it

is

the purpose of this chai)ter to demonstrate that in-

telligent ph}'sical exercise

necessary to the health and lon-

is

gevity of the bodv. and that these exercises must

and performed with

The

object

i)rime

l)e

directed

a true mental concept.

of this combination

to

is

direct

the

mental forces to the physical organs. 262. Before entering into the combination of the mental

powers and physical movements,

it

would

l)e

well to consider

each element separately, and their separate necessities.

The hndy \ent friction.

like a

is

machine, requiring lubrication to pre-

Friction of the

body

is

(Hsease,

which even-

tually causes death.

The

intelligent

action of the

systematic exercise, prevents

mind upon

friction,

the body, with

and produces harmony

and freedom of thought. If

we would

intelligently direct

I'phiiildiiiL^i

of the physical,

to attain a

given

effect,

our menial forces

we would know what

to

the

force to

rise

according to the laws of these forces;

otherwise, the effort would be purely mechanical, and conse(juentl}'

would embrace only one-half of a man's power.

S])ecihc faculties i)rodncc s])eciric thoughts, subjcci to

two

conditions; \\z.. the distingtiishing (|uality of mind, rmd the

yrcnuti i-<»vcs

SIAMEXE HOME TREAT M EXT.

136 nature of the that arouse

secure coni])lete

to

heat, sonnd. solids.

liiL;iit.

(

li(|ui(ls.

etc.)

faculties to action.

Perfect control and freedom of thought

263.

Passivity

stinuili

tlie

passix-it}'

is

and relaxation of

necessary

tlie

muscles

of the body, without which, the pressure u])on the obstructed

channels conveying;- the thiids of the body to and from parts,

can not

264.

Firrnvess

remo\-ed (par. 253).

l)e

Qnc

all

arm

sliould

himself

first

with

a

pcrsistciif

This energizing- thought springs from the faculty

tliought.

and gi\es stamina both to body and mind

of firmness, ''back-bone." 265.

sei/-esteem

Self-csteem gives power, calmness. self-])ossession and

mind, and to the body

self-reliance to the

and a free-arm movement, while

it

it

gives limber joints

builds and controls the

spinal cord. 266.

vitHtiveness

and

jjre-

builds

the

\'itati\'eness, desire for life, builds the heart

sides ON'er the circulation of the blood.

Amativeucss

Amativeness

is

reproductive faculty.

the

and presides

lungs, the reproductive organs,

tory acts. In_

is

also builds

It

breathing,

we

deri\e

transformed into P'irmness.

all

It

ox'er the respira-

and presides over the sex organs. the vital element

(

electricit}"

)

that

life force.

self-esteem,

vitati^'eness

and amativeness are

tonic faculties. 267.

The

jiower of deep and intelligent breathing (.lepends

tii)on the faculties of amatixeness in action, which

and Breathing

be

ca])acity

whicli

action,

is

the

do we

ol)tain the essence of continual

life,

the atmosj^here contains

physical needs.

ducive to

life,

As we

is

and according

that

The nitrogen cell

to

our breathing existence, as

we can appropriate

of the atmosphere

but serx'es as a

which, passing o\er the

blood and

all

is

l^reathing,

concentration.

in

lireatli

continuit}' "^

is

menstruum

is

to

our

not con-

for the oxygen,

walls of the lungs, unites with the

carried through the body.

exhale,

acid gas produced

we b\-

])our out

from the lungs the carbonic

the slow conibustion of the bodv.

1111".

Ri:i..\

rioN

M

oi'

attenuated ether that expresses whieli

into

which

we can in

dei)endciit.

is

not

and

exercise,

nomena

of

we

Rotary.

a

^^J

mure

lines, a stih-

enter in this brief treatise, hut

highest sense, upnn the intelli<;ent

its

l)reathin^-.

thinkin,<;- atid

power

the true nintixe

is

is

^

in

the phe-

life.

With

268.

higher

itself al-nim'

conihinatinndt the triune powers n\ ])livsical

cii.riRi:.

there

elements,

addilion {n these plusieal

In

jeet

and I'lnsKAi.

i:n lAi.

movements. Active,

the

conihuir the caiiscidiis

Initiiig the

//////(/

ti])i>n

the result

and

Active-resistinq-.

of brcalhiiii^. coiu-rii-

:icl

to

ilrsi'\'ii

ptacc in

talcc

comhinc ""•'"^•''

movc-

""/

ilic

Special attention mtist he paid to the exercise of the

body.

faculty of contintiit}",

mind onto

the

fimctioii

the object desired;

of which

without

this,

to

is

no

hold the

s])ecihc

end

can be attained.

This perfect and healthful exercise of the 1)ody and

269.

mind de])ends

U])on the

centers and gives to

exercising- the faculties of

and

On

pends the

their relation to the faculties of the mind,

a])iHty to ]:)roperly exercise the Ijody

There must be life

established

1)asis.

).

to its highest state of

of the

grows from center

cell

forms a unixersal

knowledge of the functions of the nerve

a conscious

and

from the nerve

for the twofold nature of every faculty

pars. 249. 250. 251

centers,

])r()ceeds

power, for exery

cell

circitmference.

upon the same law (

power of

mind: hence, the creatixe function

tiie

de-

and bring

it

development.

a judicious conserxation of

forces xvhich proceed

all

the elements

from the brain and constitute

conservntiou i''t<^

Forces

the "Visetergo," that marvelous poxver that selects and directs the foods to the l)uilding of the bod}-, united to the radiating

power

xvhich streams forth

parallel (in the little

from the

microcosm)

solar ])lexus

xx

ith a force

to the solar sun in the great

unix-erse.

270.

ing for fast

as

IJreathing its it

is

both a psx'chic and a

])h}-sical

act.

hav-

function the reproduction of the xital element as is

expende
in

stistaining

In breathing xve receive a xitalixing

life.

life

element, designated

BreHthiug

of

i

3S

Ml

hy

HOME

SIA.MKXE

"l.oi^a" as "I'rana."' late \

ilic

\\liicli

Kaiianda tn

i\.i

TklCATM EXT. the

liii'

(nily

i

is

l)c

pi'iiici])!^ ])rn|)( luiidcil

means

ultimate

ti)

lib-

eration.

Mind and

Mhni and lirenth

Control

Mind

ji^

rtrcitthitiL

control

.if

mind and breath

of success can

hiiyiiest dei^ree

l)e

is

attained

physical development. 271.

Method

Cdntroj the one.

affinitw

of the other.

intelliL;ent

uecessary before the

lircati,

of

tile ])ii\\er

aud

.\l)Solute

,>i

:in
you coutrdl

-jnd

lia\e perfect

lu'eatli

All

threefold in nature

l)reathin^- exercises are

lialing, holding-,

and

three and one, counting sixty to the minute. nu'iitally

of the (par.

conduct the breath

(

)n

inhaling,

of svmpathetics

the right chain

hold while holding the

to the base of the spine:

59)

breath; then exhale, conducting the breath

u])

the left chain

of svmpathetics to the base of the brain and out at the n.ostril.

Then conduct

the breath in at the left nostril

^Ou mav

out at the right, proceeding as before. these exercises can be taken with at the left nostril first. I'ore

commencing

\\hile

in-

the right nostial to the base

in at

down

thence

1)rain,

—

exhaling", to be taken at the ratio of two.

more

find

that

ease by breathing in

alwa}'s best to trv the nostrils

It is

left

and

l)e-

the exercises, by closing one with the thuml)

blowing the breath through the other, beginning with

the nostril through A\hich the breath passes with the most ease.

\nu

.\fter a little practice

with perfect ease.

Fhis

be able to perform this exercise

will is

the general

method of

lireathing

while taking the physical culture exercises.

W

hen

ready for 'c\

all

this tlie

proticienc}"

next

desire of health,

a

breathing

in

As you

step.

health

thoughts of disease.

is

attained,

^ou are

inhale, carr^• with the l)reath

thought; as yim exhale, expel

This

recpn'res a

great deal of con-

centration and practice; after a short time, howexer, von will

be able to conduct

corresponding organ,

wa\e from

the breath

to

an\-

.and to assist in

ner\-e

center and

sending a renewed

its

ner\'e-

the brain and spinal cord to the organ, thereby

increasing the circulation and

<>i\inu"

it

renewed

actixitv.

KI.I.A

II'.

272.

I

KIN

r.rc'atliin:^

I'irst

Sccimd:

I

j

>\\

AM) I'inSU

I-.X I'Al.

exercise^

or

pper-clicst

I

:

M

(i|-

cr-chcsl

iii;i\'

i>r

t'

classified

li.-

full-clicst

Al.

I

1

.1'

as

I

'

K

KV)

I'..

t01!(t\\s:

—

hreaihiiij;".

soiiie-

l)rcalliinL;.

(lia]:Iira:^iiialic

tinies called ahdoniinal hreatliin^-. Phircl

Ivlntliniical

:

brcatliini^'

expansion of the

the

l<>r

chest diiw award, and luilward radiatimis.

While

273.

abdomen

the

inhaling-,

expand

liie

u])per chest

position while holding-

tlie

On

breath.

exhalins^",

normal position of the chest and abdonK-n This exercise of

breathiniL^'

These

is

in

to be taken

slo\\l\-

assume the and

rf,i,vr'''"•"'

-rt-'t ""a-

e\'enl}-.

connection with the method

in

par. -'71.

exercises

bi"eathin<;'

will

found

be

of asthma, bronchitis, intlamniation of

Ciises

and cmuract

ai'dnnd the na\el as far as possible: hold this

co\'ering" the heart. ])tilmonar\- ttibercnlosis.

cancer of the breast and

all

inxalnable

in

membrane

tlie

inflammation and

diseases of the chest and cliest

nuiscles.

274.

the

\\ hile inlialinj^".

downward,

limit's

contract the

expandini^'

tlie

tii)per

chest and extend

abdomen: hold

this posi-

tion while holdino- the breath; while exhaling-, slowlv asstime

the normal

position of the chest and alxlomen.

these exercises, l)reathe as in

when is

is

27

r.

a

mc)st beneficial

recommended and

li\-er

275.

is

extending the length of the

is

e\Try direction with-

in

other

])art.

to be luiited with the methocl of breathing

(par.

es])ecially

This also

It

troubles.

ivhythmical breathing

normal breath, expanding the chest out

exercise,

of tul)erculosis, pletuMS}', stom-

in cases

s])]een

affecting

the

diai)hragm

or

aii}-

-7')-

This

is

one of the best exercises to develo]) the

btist

and

increase sexual ])o\\er: to be taken in cases of general debilit}', all

forms of spinal trouble, such a> inllammation and

ture of the spine,

all

sal tonic to etpialize

i'rcathmff

taking"

the health thoughts are directed to the solar plexus.

also

ach,

i)ar.

cases of dyspe])sia this

In

in

Lowcr'^'"^'"^

lung and heart diseases, and the circulation and

warm

tlie

is

ciu-\-a-

a tmi\er-

entire body.

RhytiimUni

urcathmg

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

140

With each

inlialalinn

take the thought

of

new

and

lite

perfect health, "J'rana," the life-o-iv'ing element.

Method o''

Let the student assume the

276. 2'/j)^

ractwmg {

Yiiw.

J/S), kneeling

(par.

sitting-

2jg)

the one that

\

concentration a moment,

standing-

])()sition; (

Remain

mind from

freeing the

])ar.

or rechning

2<S(3),

])ar.

most comfortable.

is

(

all

in

])assion

or prejudice, or other thoughts of self-interest, by assuming

an attitude of universal love; this ^\ith the universal

The mind and and

relax mentally (par.

253)

self

body now being

the

vour inner i)owers

will link

and your normal

with vour inner

self.

in the proi)er attitude,

and retain the passive condition

physically,

while practicing,

relaxing

alternately

first

one

muscle, then another, until some degree of mastery of the

body has been obtained

Then commence

l)v

the mind.

the breathing exercises

or 275). continuing until there

is

pars.

(

a dizziness or

ly^^,

274

swimming

of the head. Practice the breathing exercises until vou have gained control

of the normal or objectix'e mind, for you must be able

to control the It is

cises until

ing

mind before you can

you have acquired proficiency

the physical

uj)

control the bodv.

always best to practice the foregoing breathing exer-

them before

in

tak-

movements.

Direct your thoughts into the air passages and nostrils,

along with the breath, sending spinal

md

column with the

down on

either side of the

spinal sympathetics to the solar plexus

other nerve centers.

The

Concentration

ii

excrcisc of couceutratiou

combination of the mental

ments

is

upon the end desired

forces

and the

])hvsical

in the

move-

quite essential for the attainment of the highest de-

gree of results. 1'o concentrate sired.

This

is

is

to hold

exceedingly

the thought on the object de-

difficult

for

some

to

do when

they begin to exercise the faculty of continuity, but a

few

minutes, three or ioxw times dailv, devoted to this practice, \\ill

produce wonderful results; for the more vou exercise

THE RKLATIOX OF MKXTAI. AND I'lnSK AL of

faculty

the

of blood sent

For

cc^ntinuity.

ti)

greater

tlie

I4I

CULTIUI-:.

be

will

amount

the

that ])art of the brain gn\erning' the faculty.

in the ci»nil)inatinn nt

tlic

triune ])i>\\ers

— concentration,

breathing, and physical nidxements for liealth and strength

mind

the

a? a minister of pleasiuT.

I'hat

w

liicli

lience,

upnn

dwell

gives pleasure

clusion of

l)el(i\ed

Practice in

all otiiers.

gree of mastery

mind

is

tliis

manner

loses hold of its object, as

and

Often other thoughts rush

away from

the

object

again

in

sought,

This

it

is

to

and

will often

the

times,

tlie

object.

to

wander

suddenly

person

something foreign

to the

liappen to the beginner, tiresonie

may

it

be.

no other way that power of concentration can be

the object, and remain fixed there, not reasoning on it

it

In concentration the minrl must be fastened upon

gained.

as

de-

When

many

directed

must be contended with, however

There

some

])ractice.

will

and cause the mind

to iind hiiuself tliinking of

object of thought. it

until

attained, wlien the combination of mental

must be brought back

but

con-

faces of dear

images,

and physical exercises may be taken up for

awakes

is

precious ol)jects, and ])]easant thoughts, to the ex-

friends,

the

serves

this

and that which gives pain

stantly being sought by the mind,

excluded:

and

constantly impelled bv desire,

is

were, sucking or absorbing

concentration,

its

it,

but,

In exercising

contents.

and physical movements, concen-

breathing,

mind on the desired result, upon given organs, and on them and the result desired, following the breath

trate the

hold

it

mentally, to and from

without reason. ture,

breathing-,

it,

\\'ith

with a passive will this

tion of the blood to

all

POSITIONS OF 277.

we adopt

or kneeling.

10

is,

a will

])arts

centers governing the circula-

of the bodv.

THE BODY FOR EXERCISES.

IMovements ma}- be taken

1)revity,

that

and physical movements, one can acquire

power of control of the nerve

For

;

leading process of mental cul-

in

the following:

many

different positions.

Standing,

sitting, lying,

PLATE B

I.

STANDI XG. In this position a

right angle,

arms

tb.e

at

heels are together, the

the side,

expanded, and abd(>men contracted.

142

feet

forming

l)ody erect, chin np, chest

PLATE

B

I.

STANDI XG.

PLATE

B 2.

SITTING.

PLATE B

2.

SITTING. 278.

Seated in a chair, feet resting easily on the

eight inches apart, hands resting on the knees, pahns

ward, body

erect,

and

free

from the

chair.

145

floor,

down-

PLATE

B3.

LYING. 279.

In this position,

or floor,

with the

expanded.

146

feet

the

body resting on the

and head on

a

hne.

sofa,

bed

with the chest

i

PLATE B

4.

KXEELIXG.

PL An-:

15

4-

KN'KKF.IXr,.

280.

In

position

this

knees, which rest

From

upon

weight nf

the

a pad, head

each uf these positinns

hndy

the-

and

on the

is

l)od}- erect.

we may form

m.an\- sn1)di\'i-

sions.

281.

taken

282.

and

All

^Movements are

when

f^assii'c

against his

made

an

1)\"

when

mav

l)e

o]:)erator

there

the patient alone,

without the aid of

a nutscnlar resistance.

is

active-resisting or passi\'e-resist-

l)e

they are acti\'e-resisting,

own muscular

tension.

the

patient

acting

is

Passive-resisting,

when

against the resistance of another.

284. Rotation

is

are brought

joints

a circular motion.

In'

motion within

into

when

285. Activc-rotarw tient

when taken by

acfii'c

ai:)plied

M()\-ements

When

ing".

nii»\ements must

actix'e-resistinj^-

Resist iii^:^,

the ])atient. 283.

and

acti\e

the ])atient. as one can not act for another.

1)_\-

which the ditlerent

normal

their

the rotation

is

made

limits.

b}'

the pa-

made on

the pa-

without assistance.

286. Passirc-rofary, tient l)y

The

when

the rotation

is

an oi)erator. active

are to be

uKnements, active-resisting and

acti\'e-rotary,

combined with the breathing and psychic energies,

and constitute our system of

COMBIXED MENTAL AND PHYSICAL CULTURE. 287.

These physical mo\'ements, com1)ined simtiltanenusly

with the psychic act of hrcatJiing and health,

a conscious

is

increased

zcilliiig

means of supplying

the desire of

the blood with an

amount of oxygen and eliminating carbon same time building up

and

at the

trol

the physical organs.

produce decided and

A

tlie

dioxide,

mental forces that con-

systematic practice whicli will

curati\'e etiects.

and

is

applicable in

degrees of health exercises. 149

all

KOTATIOX. 288. ill

tion,

'I'hc

rotations are used to

the joints,

all

and give

stimulate

tlic

circulation

strengthen the lii^aments, free the circula-

elasticity to the

tendons of the muscles. i)rodu-

cing a suction ]xnver upon the \eins.

PLATE

B5.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF FEET IX SITTING POSITION. 289. Rotation of the feet ]M)sition.

relax is

;

may

be performed

right knee crossed over the

left,

inhale an abdominal breath, holding

in the sitting

letting the it

linihs

while the foot

rotated from outward to inward, six times, and rex'erse.

Rejjeat in like

50

manner with

the left foot.

I'LATl-:

H

v

AC

ri\

K

KorAlloX

()|-

FKKT IX SITTIXC

I'OSITIOX,

PLATE B

6.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF FEET IN STANDING POSITION.

PLATE

B6.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF FEET IX STANDING POSITION. Standing- on the

290. in

front,

foot

is

verse.

left

foot with the right foot extended

inhale an abdominal breath,

holding

it

while the

revolving from outward to inward, six times and re-

Repeat

in like

manner with

left foot.

Exhale slowly

and evenly.

153

PLATE

By.

ACTIVE ROTATIOX OF THE KXEES. 291. to the

1)1

With )d}-,

the rigiit

leg"

extended forwcird

at right

foot suspended, holding the thigh

abdominal breath and

a health

still,

angles

take an

thought simnltaneouslv, hold-

ing the breath and mind on the intention: rotate the foot and

lower leg six times, and reverse, while retaining the breath. Ke])eat in like

154

manner with

It^ft

knee.

PLATE

B 7.

ACTIVE ROTATION OE THE KXEES.

PLATE B

8.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF THE THIGH.

PLATE

B8.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF TKE THIGH. 292.

Standiiis^-

a right angle,

on the

reverse.

foot,

extend the

as in the preceding; inhale,

and thought, as above. and

left

Repeat

riglit

at

hold the breath

Rotate the thigh on the hip six times in like

manner with

left

thigh.

157 11

leg"

PLATE

B9.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF THE BODY OX THIGH-JOINT. 293. \\'ith the erect.

l)reathe

hands on the

hips,

thumbs forward, body

and hold the thought as before; rotate Ijody

on hip-joints six times and reverse.

Increase the

counts each day. with each of the movements, as of breathing- increases in strength.

i5«

number of tlie

jxnver

PLATE

B 9.

ACTIVE ROTATIOX OF THE BODY OX T

1

1

IC, ll-.l

OIXT.

PLAT1-: B lO.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF THE DOOV OX THE

>IIPS.

PLATE B

lo.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF THE BODY ON THE HIPS. 294.

the

In the same position, and breathing- as above.

body forward

at the last joint of tlie spine. Avhere

the hips, to a right angle to the hips,

a complete circle, from right to six times

;

left

it

l)encl

joins

and mo\'e the body

and from

left

exhale and inhale before reversing-.

i6i

in

to right.

PLATE B

II.

ACTIVE ROTATION NEAR THE MIDDLE OF THE BACK

AT TWELFTH DORSAL. 295. W'itli the in the

move

body

middle, over the the

bodv

162

erect,

hands on

last ribs; inhale,

in a circle as before.

hips,

bend the back

hold the breath, and

PLATE

B If.

ACTIVE KOTATIOX XEAR THE MIDDLE OF THE HACK.

PLATE

\i

12.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF

S

1

U )ILI)KR-BLADE.

PLATE B

1

2.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF SHOULDER-BLADE OX BACK AND

SHOULDER-JOINT. 296.

Stand

erect,

head up. arms bv the sides and relaxed;

take a deep upper-chest breath, hold,

move

the shoulder in

a circular motion six times, reverse, exhale, inhale, and repeat

with

left

shoulder.

165

PLATE B

13.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF THE HANDS. 297.

Stand

erect,

hands

at the sides, right liand extended,

npper-chest inhalation; rotate the hand on the wrist ten times

and reverse, exhale,

166

inhale,

and

re])eat

with

left liand.

PLATE B

13.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF THE HANDS.

PLATE B

14.

ACTI\1-:

ROTATION OF THE ELBOW

PLATE B

14.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF THE ELBOW. 298. fore,

With

with a

the elbow.

the

l)()(lv

full-chest

and arm

in the

inhalation,

Repeat with the

left

same position

rotate

right

as be-

forearm on

forearm.

169

PLATE B ACTIVE ROTATION OF 299.

holding-

head, left

W'itli the right It.

full

let

the

arm

170

WHOLE

AR.AI.

at the side, full-chest breath

arm swing

length, eight times,

arm.

15.

loosely reverse,

and

around the body and

and repeat with the

PLATE

II

15.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF

WHOLE ARM.

PLATE

B

1

6.

ACTTVF.

ROTATION OF XECK ON SHOULDER.

PLATE B

1

6.

ACTIVE ROTATION OF NECK ON SHOULDER. 300.

breath,

Stand

erect, tlie

and hokl

to left, six times,

12

;

neck 1iml)er; take a

rotate the neck

and reverse.

full

upper-chest

on the shoukler, from right

I'LATI':

ACTINF. 301. a

'I'ake

Stand

ROIATIOX OK

erect,

with the

npper-chest

fnh

15

17.

IIKAI)

OX NECK.

u])i)er ])art

nf the neck hnil)er.

and hold

l)reath,

R(jtate

it.

the

head on the neck six times, re\erse, and exhale.

dt"

The aim

of these rotations

treating"

himself; to lengthen and shorten the ^eins.

is

power

to give the patient the

so

as to ])rodnce a sticking" of their contents, thus stimul.'iting" the circulation in the joints, removing" foreign matter

them and giving strength tivating"

the

from

to the heart, in the meantinie cul-

mental powers to work in harmon}'

\\ith

the

physical mo\-ements.

ACTIVE-RESISTING EXERCISES. 302. Active-resisting exercises are the best to obtain the

highest

degree of psychic effect upon the physical organs,

because they combine the psychic l)reath with the physical tension

or pressure and

squeezing processes on

the

dee])-

scated blood-vessels, muscles and nerves of the extremities,

thereby setting up a renewed vitalizing process.

These exercises may be taken

in

a sitting,

reclining or

standing" position.

The standing

position gives the most freedom of muscular

action. ^^"e will give

only the standing position.

Any

one learn-

ing the principles in\olved can apply the movements in any position. 303. First, 1>

3

)

:

assume the chosen

])osition

relax the bocly mentall}-; release

In this position

you are ready

all

(Plate

B

i,

B2

or

tension.

to begin the resisting" ex-

ercises.

Xext. exercise concentration and breathe by concentrating the

mind on

the cliest

the

a.ct

antl

Ijegin

to

inhale

slowly,

letting

expand downward and the abdomen outward: when 174

n.ATE

B 17.

ACT1\ K RolATIOX OF

HEAD ON NECK.

PLATE B

i8a.

standing POSITION.

chest

ami ahdnnicn arc

full,

exhale. (Irawins^- the center tar as possible.

Inhale,

llic

hrcatli.

and slowly

the alxloincn. or na\el.

<»f

in

hold, and exhale the hreath at

and one.

ratio of two. three

retain

Kepeat the

hreathitiLi-

as tlie

rh\thnnc-

ah\- six times.

PLATE

B

8a.

I

STAXDIXG POSTTTOX.

Assume sides,

the standing- position

(

Plate

B

i).

hands

at the

palms downward, lingers extended, and mtiscles of the

fingers

and arms,

to the elbow, marie tense.

177

PLATE B

I

8b.

STANDI XC. POSITION (CONTINUED). Raise the hands to a

level

with the shoulder and

in front

of the face; while inhaling a dee]) abdominal l)reath. mentally conducting- the breath in at one nostril to the navel region,

while the palms of the hands are turned upward, holding the

muscles of the arm and hand tense.

178

PLATE

B i8b.

standing

I'OSITION

(CONTINUED),

PLATE

B l8c.

STAXDIXC, POSl IK ).\

(

C( ).\'ri

X T Kl

'

)

I'LA'lE U STAXDIXC. I'OSITION

i8c.

(

COXTl.N T KD)

.

Slowlv close the hands and arms lightly against the

chest,

against tension.

Relax the liands and arms while exhaling slowly and easih-; repeat this exercise three times.

Increase as power

is

gained.

This

is

one of the most wonderfnl exercises for gaining

mental and ])h\sical strength, and control of mind and body.

While taking the resisting

exercises, the

can be directed to any organ of the bod}-. cptires

power,

a

stead\' will

months; bnt ht

an
and it

is

one to take.

and care not

mind and breath

To do

this re-

slow practice and exercise of energetic

force,

for

several

weeks,

and,

sometimes,

an exercise for mind and body that will beneIt

should always be taken with

i)atience,

to f)vertax the system.

Actixe-resisting exercises are taken for the long muscles

and bodv organs.

tSi

PLATE B LI\-ER,

Body

304.

19A.

SPLEEN AND BOWELS.

erect, feet ten inches a])art,

hands by the

sides,

take a deep, long- inspiration (abdominal), holding the breath

clown against the diaphragm great will force), and the

plexus)

;

(

bend the body forward

and return.

182

this

mind on

requires the exercise of the navel region

(solar

at the last joint of the back,

PLATE B

I9A.

LIVER,

SPLEEN AND BOWELS.

PLATE

B

I9B.

LIVKR.

Sl'LKKX

AND BOWELS

(

COXTIXIED).

PLATE B LIVER. SPLEEN

Bend

to a position

peat this

in

rapid

is

a

backw ard as six

as far as

good exercise

rising in the morning, liver,

AND BOWELS (COXTINUEn).

snccession

backward and forward This

19B.

also

it

far as can

times.

l3e

reached

s\vayin|L;'

the

;

re-

body

can be carried.

to take before retiring, or u\n)n

when

there

is

torpidity of the

spleen or bowels.

305.

For passive movements,

see

chapter

on

Treatment." pars. 197, 198. 199. 200 and 201.

185

"(leneral

Chapter XIV. H\i)R()'riii':kAPV. 306. tliat

and so

cation,

its

range, and yet so

its

good nv

for

])otent

Water

Hydrothera]))'. in

no one system of the

rerlia])s there is

so wide in

is

ai)plie(i to

as that of Rational

e\il.

her cleanser and

is

it

the earth

and

all

heahng

in its appli-

nature's soUent for solids,

is

own mysterions way;

and when

art of

sj^ecitic

working ])nrifier,

her ])rodnctions along

with the radiations of the great solar snn. hecomes her sedastimulant and heautifier.

tive, tonic,

tion the is

most ancient of

always found ready

hand

be relied upon as a remedy

imaginable condition. ing with

No

\\

for

in

(juesIt

may

Inch adapts itself to almost every

the princijjles of heat

it

without

e\ery household, and

other agent

a varietv of phvsiological

is

remedial agents for disease.

all

at

\\'ater

and

effects,

meeting the N'arious conditions

so capable of carry-

is

cold,

producing so great

hence none so adaptable

room

in the sick

in

emer-

gencies and in accidents.

being so

\\'ater in

its

of the

range, l)est

specific

we can only

in

its

treat,

application,

in this small

and most practical methods of ai)plying heat and

cold through the agency of water. treating diseases

Our

the man}' methods. I,

Siamen.e methods of

with water are the most effectixe, simple

and /^radical for home use that we are Bath No.

and so wide \olume, a few

Siamene

They

are:

]\Iedicated

al)le

to select

from

Siamene Aiedicated Sweat

Sweat Bath No.

2,

Siamene

Medicated Tul) Sweat, Siamene Friction Bath. Fomentations,

Siamene Cold

l)ath,

and Cold and Sweating Compresses.

Siamene Medicated Sweat a twofold effect.

First,

l>aths

N^o.

i

and No. 2 have

they excite the vasso-motor nerves

of the skin to dilate, sending their op]iosite contractive effects into the internal organs, 186

giving them tone.

Secondly, they

]ini)K()T1ii:kai'V.

(qicn the jxircs

i)f

siAMKXE The most

307.

(Jnaker

S([uare

pans

(

the skin, ihcrchy

furei^n matter

tioii n\

.Mi-:i)UAi"i:i)

desirable

two Titrkish

towels,

a

slats nailed o\"er the to]),

|)i"(

MhiciuL;' a

for

a])])lianees

(ir_o-;ins.

i.

home

use are a

two

one-(|nart

lam])s,

wimt

is

.vccc-s.s.-,ri

(or wash-tnb), a blanket,

tub

sitz

xo.

i'.atil

alcohol

free eliiiiina-

and external

intei'iial

s\\ i:a r

two

cabinet,

or tin), a

j^'ranite

hnth

tVi>iu

187

box with the bottom taken

off

and

bottom,

a chair with a ])erforated

and

covered with a cloth.

Siamene Uath Powder as

the pans with water, add

I'ill

directed on the packai^e. and place over the

lig-hted

one under the

for the feet to

Ha\'e the patient remo\e

upon.

rest

under the

chair, the other

l)ox

medicated steam. ag'i"eeable

to

Drink water

wet

cloth

a

water applied to the crown of the head while

The

in

on

sit

most

cold or ice

in the sweat.

from

patient should remain in the sweat

fifteen

to

minutes, or until the perspiration stands in beads on

tliirty

raking- untii

the heat and

all

freely at the temperature

Keep

the patient.

and

clothing'

all

the chair, quickly close the cabinet to confine

lamps,

Mvtiiod of

DumHou of swcnt

the forehead and face, unless there should be a rush of blood to the

head or dizziness that the cold water to the crown

of the head will not relieve. 308.

the

Immediately after coming out of the sweat, step tub,

sitz

which shoidd be three-fourths

from 60 degrees

to

70 degrees F.

commence taking the sitz temperature one or two degrees

If

until

65 to 60 degrees

tul).

])lace r)ne

and

sit

hand on each

the solar plexus. zcater.

Do

not

;

/^iif

Turn your back it

Immediately after sitting

to the

to sui)j)ort the l)od}'.

to

embraces

the

old.

each succeeding bath,

side of

this

is

at

down, not allowing the water

the eig'hth dorsal \'ertebra

patient

70 degrees, reducing

reached.

is

to

of water

at

or feeble, the

the

full

go

abox'e the line of

all

of the centers of

hands or

feet into the eold

in the tub,

ha\e an attend-

ant place a blanket around the entire body, except the head, to keep

all

exjx^sed parts

warm.

suz

rui,

SIAMKXE HOME TRKAT.M KXT.

l88 Kcniain

Diir.uiioii

of sitz

exposed

in

tlie

the jjcrspiralinn

unti]

sit/,

cooling sensation over the entire body. sitz tub, rub

Rewann

down the

rising-

)n

(

the

t"roni

with dry Turkish towels.

parts exposed

sponge or with friction. a

dry on the

is

of the hodv. or until you experience a ])leasant

])arls

com])etent. gixe

is

thorough general treatment (Chapter X) and

Food and

tion of e{|ual parts of Xer\e

warm

water with a

cold

to

the assistant

If

light ap])lica-

alcohol or bay rum.

lu the al)sence of a cabinet and alcohol lamjjs. two blankets

other Devices

may

be used to conhne the heat and medicated steam around

and one three-gallon

the jjatient.

a milk or dish pan, w

under the

pail

ith slats across,

under the

and

chair,

these

Fill

feet.

with boiling water, and use Siamene Bath Powder as directed. l^roceed as

If the paticiit,

Manner of vsinff a

Cot

w hen using the

mav

cot

froui

caliinet.

auy cause, can not

be used by placing a blanket o\er

on

as to touch the t^oor

all

sit

on

a chair, a

such a luanner

in

it

thus confining the heat and

sides,

steam: place the patient on the cot and spread another blanket

When

over him. should hips, in

he

used,

the

one

C(^t

is

used, three pots of hot

under the

and the third under the

one

shoulders,

feet.

To

water

under the

use the cold

such cases, the patient luav be suspended

in

a

sitz

or

sheet

blanket, su])ported by an attendant on each side.

In chrouic cases these medicated sweats should

Hou- Often to

Take

cvcrv otlicr

(lay,

state of health

in

acute

cases,

taken

l)e

People

day.

ever}'

in

a

should take them once every week or two.

There need be no fear of taking cold after these baths; in fact, in

my

experience of thirtv vears,

so effecti\"e in breaking

u])

venting them, and kee])ing this

colds,

when

])eo])le

in

I

baxe seen nothing

coiitracted,

and

])re-

a healthy conditi<jn. as

bath. SI.X.MK.Xl-:

309. 'idle

MKDIC.VTF.D SWICAT

V,.\T\\

Siamene Medicated Sweat

plied in man}- cases

where

it

is

XO.

liath

2.

Xo. 2

is

a])-

not con\enient or ])ossible to

take the Siamene Medicated Sweat Path .\o.

1.

an
give

UNDKDIII results

excellent

in

cases.

all

children and infants than l-'ill

It

more

is

Xn.

Uath

easily

apijlied

to

i.

tuh with water from

a bath

189

i:R.\1'N'.

T05 to iio'de.s^rees F.

two heaping tablespoonfuls of Siamene Bath Powder in a cjuart of boiling water and add one to two handfuls of common salt; stir until all is dissolved; add this to Put one

the

'''

'"'°

to

Remain

water before getting into the tub.

from eight

to fifteen minutes.

Take

blankets.

remain

a

warm

good sweat, and

bed

in

taken

If

rising,

If a salt

glow

has cooled, and use very

desired, give

is

fine,

dry

it

at

bed-

take a cold or

tepid sponge bath or shower, using Siamene Soap

the bodv.

tub

the

and co\er with

sheets,

sleep.

On

night.

all

in

Get out of the tub. and. with-

out drying, go to bed between

time,

Method of

to cleanse

after the

body

salt.

SIAMEXE MEIHCATED TUB SWEAT. 310.

A

wash-tub. a water

or foot tub, a 1)lanket, and a

[)ail

Necessities

cold sitz are necessary.

To

three

gallons

Powder, and continue eighth of

it

a temperature patient

out

all

remainder

make each

from 100 degrees

remove

the water pail

for three minutes; place one-

to boil

in the pail, the

hot and cold water to

all ;

water add Siamene Bath

of boiling

clothing,

sit

to in

in the tub

;

three-fourths

no

and

Have

degrees F.

the tub with the

feet

at

the in

place a blanket around the patient to keep

cold and keep in the medicated steam and heat.

Remain

down

in the

sweat from ten to twenty minutes, or until

the sides of the face.

Arise from the sweat with the blanket around the body,

walk

Taking

add enough full,

perspiration appears in beads on the forehead and begins to

run

Method of

to the cold

sitz

tub,

three-fourths full of water at a

temperature from 60 degrees to 70 degrees F. turn the back to the tub. and blanket around the body

13

sit

until

(

])ar.

30(S).

down, remaining with the

cooled

off.

(''Exceptions,"

Duration of

Sweat

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

IQO

If the attendant

capable, give general treatment as in

is

the cabinet sweat; otherwise dry the well,

and

bedtime,

on

rest

a cot or

body thoroughly, cover

bed for half an hour;

taken at

if

retire.

SIAMENE COLD BATH FOR FEVERS. application of cold to influence the heart and

311. Tlic

blood-vessels has as wide a range of application as that of heat,

Method of Taking

is

and the mode of procedure

as follows

treatment of fevers

in the

from 75

a bath tub containing water

First,

:

degrees to 85 degrees F.. the temperature being regulated ac-

cording to the vigor and strength of the patient, and to be diminished one degree for each bath until 65 degrees

Old and

and

feeble people

reached.

is

infants usually require the highest

temperature.

made may be

In the absence of a stationary tub. a temporary one of boards and pitch, or a portable rubber bath tub.

and a large wash-tub for infants and

substituted for adults,

Three or four Turkish towels, a pair of

small children. sheets,

and a

cup are the necessary

cjuart

articles

of this

bath.

Place a towel wet with water at 55 degrees F. around and

over the head

;

then

lift

the patient as quickly as possible from

the bed into the tub. containing water

During the

the neck. at

a

temperature four or

The

of the bath.

and the bath

When

enough

five

at the original first

cold water

difficult.

is

and back

keep the head cool

temperature.

enters the bath, he often experiences

unpleasant sensations from the cold.'

gasping and

come around

degrees lower than the water

effect of this will be to

the patient

to

bath, pour water over the head

Respiration

This inconvenience

is

relieved

may

be

when

the

poured over the head.

During the time of taking the bath there should be a continuous rubbing of the body. fleshy portions,

Siamene Movement over the

and effluraging the chest and extremities.

It

IIVDROTHF-KAI'V.

two attemlants, one

recjuircs

I9I

pour the water on the

to

liead,

the other to niani])iilate the patient.

At

the

tirst

synii)t(nns of

secondary

chill the patient

be immediately removed from the bath.

If he

is

shonkl

threatened

with collapse, a very short bath should be administered every

hour

until the collapse is

The duration

of the

no longer threatened.

first

bath should be from

five to

seven

minutes, increasing" one minute each bath until ten to twenty

minutes infants,

If the bath

reached.

is it

is

for the old

and

miration "'

'^''^^'^

feeble or

should be very short to commence with.

After the bath

is

completed, remove the patient from the

tub into the bed. without drying, and cover with a sheet and

Darken the room, and allow the

blankets.

and he

The

go

will usually

effect of this

body one

to

and

to sleep

bath

two degrees

is

to reduce the temperature of the

F. each bath.

should be three or four daily, or more

The number of baths if

the temperature

is

These baths should be given only during the day,

obstinate.

at night-time

using the cold compress on the abdomen.

"Cold Compress,"

(See

par. 314.)

This treatment should begin in the disease, is

patient to be quiet,

perspire.

or as soon as

it

a continued form of fever,

at the earliest possible stage is

determined that the case

regardless of the height of

the temperature, and should be given continuously throughout the entire course.

and

effects,

The 1.

2. 3.

The bath

to energize

effect of this

To To To

is

needed for cleanliness, tonic

and sustain the

heart.

bath upon the circulation

is

as follows

:

increase general vital resistance.

energize the nerve centers. increase the activity of the kidneys, liver, skin, and

lungs. 4. 5.

To To

slow the pulse. tonic the heart

and improve the circulation of the

blood.

The sels,

friction applied

during the bath dilates the blood-ves-

prevents shivering, and assists heat elimination.

The

rub-

affects ot

uath

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

192

nnisi not be

Ijiiii^-

but

^•i()lLMlt,

l)e

Siamene •\b>\ement appHed

the

the body, abdomen, loins, etc. ing,

increases the effect of

it

an

EtTllura<^e

to the

more

movement with

fleshy portions of

As

the rubbing prevents shiver-

tlie

bath in lowering the tem-

perature, and enables the patient to endure the bath a longer

period of time.

The

cold ap])lied to the head during the bath causes a con-

traction of the blood-vessels of the brain

movement

of

all

and increases the

the fluids throughout that organ, thus en-

ergizing the ner\e centers throughout the entire body.

GLOW.

S.\.LT

312.

Method of Taking

mj^^j

Take

salt

medium

of

fineness

and moisten

apply to the surface of the body, rubbing

it

slightly.

in

with

friction-movements, the amount of pressure being adjusted to

Light-complexion, thin-skinned

the sensation of the patient.

people should have light pressure

dark-complexion,

;

thick-

skinned people, heavier pressure.

The

patient's skin should be moistened before api)lying" the

salt. \\'hile

a

the

l)est

time to take the glow

Siamene Medicated Sweat No.

cold plunge bath. table,

The

i.

immediately after

or after taking a

patient should

or bed, covered with a sheet

is

lie

down on

warm

or

a slab, cot.

also spread a sheet over

;

the patient to prevent chilling.

The

salt is

then applied to one part of the body at a time.

After the application, the should be removed by a

The

patient

is

c

salt

id

which adheres

to the surface

or tepid shower, spray, or sponge.

and thoroughly rubbed with a

(|uickly dried

rough towel, then chafed down with a smooth, dry. hand Efflurage moxement. Avater or

In cases of feeble patients, a dash of hot

shower should be

gix'en

before the

final

cold ap-

plication. EiTects

Salt

of

Glow

The

salt

glow

is

one of the most

efticient applications to

The

increase circulation witiiout l^eat pressure.

chemical irritant to the

sio'n.

stimulation produced

t!ie

i)\-

in

salt acts as a

addition to the mechanical

friction.

Tt

is

analogous to the

IIVDKOTIIKKAI'V.

sea

and brine bath and the

saline spon.s^e, with bnt Httic thermic

temperature of

effect, providing^ the

193

salt

tlie

when

To

not tar l)elow the temperature of the body. activity to a ice

hii;ii

.qive

(lci;rce.

it

ice

applied

increase

is

its

cold by moistening- with

water and rubbing briskly.

The

salt

glow

valuable

especially

feeble

in

should be given to

measure of high value;

a tonic

is

patients,

is

poor circulation, and

who do

those

all

it

not

take cold

l)aths

and those who. after taking cold baths, do not rewarm It should be given to all those who have the body readily. sluggish skin, indigestion, constipation, and some forms of well,

kidney trouble.

mav

It

be

used

Siamene Sweat No.

The

i

to

considerable

in cases of Bright's disease

glow must be avoided

salt

advantage

following

and

diabetes.

eczema and most other skin

in

diseases.

SWEATING COMPRESS.

The sweating compress

313,

made,

is

by folding an

first

old linen or cotton cloth six or eight thicknesses, sufficiently large to cover the part to be treated

and apply

it

to the

part.

this all night.

it

all,

wet one.

the

two or three thicknesses of paper, Fourth, a bandage over

wring

from cold water,

(-ompress

Secondly, lay a dry cloth three

way over

inches larger each

;

Method of

Making

oil silk,

apply

Thirdly,

or rubber over that.

and bind snugly

tight.

Wear

In the morning remove and bathe the parts

with cold or tepid water.

This compress

will

and accumulations

The ceded

sweat the parts, remove inflammations

in deep-seated organs.

use of the sweating compress should always be pre-

l)y

a thorough general treatment to equalize the general

circulation.

This compress applied to the stomach ficial in all

and

all

is

especially bene-

cases of epilepsy, infantile diarrhea, cholera morbus,

forms of inflammation of the stomach.

beneficial in cancers,

all

It

forms of infiammation of the

is

also

li\-er.

^yi^^^ ^^

^^^

the compress

SIAMKXE HOME TREATMENT.

194

when

bowels, uterus. lun<^s. and joints

applied over the part

affected.

COLD COMPRESS. Method

314.

ot

Making

Qi-

f,)i,]-

treated,

The

cold c<»mi)ress

enough

thicknesses large

wrung from

degrees F.

made by

is

folding-

three

linen

cover the part to

to

l)e

cold water, temperature 55 degrees to 70

It shottld

be changed frequently every five or ten

minutes, or often enough to keep the surface and compress

The

cold. sips,

patient should drink large quantities of water in

slowly and frequently.

This cooling process

—

that

is,

the time of changing the

compress, and the frecjuency of drinking

—should be gradually

diminished as the temperature of the body cools down. The

This cooling process

Effect

is

is

a powerful revulsion measure.

one of the most valuable of

measures in controlling the

all

circulation of the internal organs of the

body through the

fluence of the capillary circulation of the skin.

Lold compress

is

in-

\\'hen the

applied to the skin, causing contraction of

the surface vessels,

it

dilates the deeper-lying vessels that are

in relation to the surface.

This in time affects the internal

organ supplied by the reflex

ner\-es,

and keeps them

The

tinuous state of tonic contraction. dicated

in

fever

viscera, brain, etc.,

arising

and

in a con-

cold compress

to

brain and spinal fevers.

When

is

enough

often done in cases of

the cold compress produces

must be overcome by

triction, or l)y the

in-

fe\-ers.

producc uumbuess of the skin, as

chilliness, this

is

from internal congestion of the

all local

Tlic cold comprcss should never be continued long

Duration of

Cold Compress

It

ihe application of heat,

Siamene Ab)vement

to the spine.

FOMENTATIONS. 315. 'J'hese

are

ai)])lications

of hot

compresses,

usuallv

thick, folded flannel cloths applied a

number of times

cession at a high temperature.

essentially a local

bath.

It is

in suc-

vapor

iivi)R(»thi:rapv.

The flat

material

may

195

be a piece of woolen blanket, a large,

h-cfinisitcs

sponge, a thick woolen cloth, or a thick mass of cotton

cloth.

The compress should be

large

enough,

when

applied,

to extend over and cover several inches outside the surface

affected.

Sometimes the pain may be

the compress to relieve

it

the stomach,

and

be rec[uired on the back, and

like-

in

wise with any other part or organ.

SIAMENE FRICTION BATH. The Siamene

316.

Friction Bath

taken by the male as

is

follows: Prepare a large pail or small tub absolutely

of

full

-^la'e

Trcdimcnt

cold w^ater; temperature from 50 degrees to 65 degrees F., the colder the water within this range of temperature, the

more the

effective the results

size

of a

also provide a coarse linen cloth

:

Place the vessel at a proper

small napkin.

height.

Grasp the male organ

prepuce

(foreskin)

in the left

hand, drawing the

holding

over the gland;

well

it

thus,

immerse hand and organ into the water, permitting the scrotum to remain outside the bucket. While holding the organ

in the

water and foreskin over the gland, gently lave

Then

the foreskin from fifteen to thirty minutes. it

a warm, soft cloth or cotton, and

The same

317.

if at

retire,

not. take brisk exercise until the entire

body

is

fold

around

bedtime

;

if

rewarmed.

general instructions are applicable to the

female, with this exception.

The

lady

sits

on a board placed

across the vessel of water, with knees spread apart, an'd raises the cloth up arch,

and down,

letting the

water drip on the pubic

drawing the cloth up and down against the external

genitals,

producing cold

friction.

This bath has the most wonderful the pelvic organs of any

highly beneficial in

all

electrical effect

remedy known

to the author,

on

and

all is

cases of inflammation of the generative

organs, cellular tissues of the pelvis, rectum, bladder, and kidneys.

It acts as

a cooling

and refreshing

tonic.

Female Treatment

SIAMENE

196 This

women

TRKATMKXT.

IIO.MK

one of the very best treatments

is

can take

in the latter

i)re^nant

tliat

montlis of j^estation.

It

that support the same,

))re])arini;-

tonics

Hgaments

the circnlation of the uterus, and strengthens the

patient for natural

tlie

and

easy labor. It is especially

recommended

for tired, weak,

and prolapsed

uterus, oxarian inflamniation, inflammation of the

lower bowels, gonorrhea

in l^oth

testicles,

male and female,

all

forms

of sexual weakness, chronic ulcers and chronic inflammation in

any part of the body. This bath should be taken four to eight times a day, as

dications call

in-

for.

THE PHILOSOPHY OF THIS BATH. Nature never makes

There

a mistake in constructing her temi)les.

building of

King Solomon's

temple, there were

many

human

that can be

system, and that

all

(|uarries,

this great

comis

the

In the building of this

temjjle.

many thousands

workmen employed,

of

kinds of timbers and stones entered into

They were and

man

but one thing in the art of

is

pared to the anatomy of the

its

structure.

prepared for their several places in the forests

and brought together and placed

structure,

in position in

every piece of timber and every stone

fitting so exactly that

it

all

Whether each man

is

appeared to be the handiwork of

God.

identity

of the

it

human system

Man

is

God

is

or

is

an

independent

perfectly adapted to every other part.

both positive and negative

two minds, conscious and brain,

of

matters not, for in his physical structure every part

two hands, two

;

unccMiscious,

feet,

two

that

is,

he

double,

is

two hemispheres of

eyes, etc., with the

power of

reproduction of both positive and negative conditions.

There are two systems of nerves tliat

—motor

and sensorial

supply and preside over the functional powers of

organs and even over each of them.

cell

all

these

that enters into the composition

HYDRO

The in the

KRAl'V.

197

functions of the sensorial nerves enter into the

laws of this most

niental

Til

bodw e\en

with these

in the

extreme end of

s_\nii)athetic

fiin(hi-

womlerfnl treatment, every

cell

a liair, hcin^- su])i)lie(l

They must he thus supplied

hhers.

or the kind could not be reproduced.

There is

is

so richly

no other surface of the body of

endowed with

ecjual area that

the supply of these sympathetic nerve

filaments as the prepuce of the male and the clitoris of the

female.

\\'e

have ample evidence of

^vhen a complete imion of \\'ith this

this in sexual congress,

the cells of the

body takes

place.

mechanical arrangement and the physiological

we

function of the same, thetically

all

through the

sympa-

are enabled to reach every cell

friction bath,

it

being the exact

oi)])osite

of sexual union.

A DOUCHE.

A

douche ma}- be made

one of two ways

in

:

A

can, pot.

or a vessel of any description having an opening on one side

near

bottom

the

suspend or any

it

small

the requisite height

;

or

to it

admit

may

a

rubber

be a pot,

other vessel placed at the rer|uisite height,

or ten feet of hose. a wire

enough

and bend

it

hose;

pail, can,

and eight

\\'rap the hose six or eight times with in the

middle of the wrapping, allowing

one end of the hose to reach the bottom of the vessel

(

syphon).

Douche

Chapter XV. SIAMENE REMEDIES. Siamcne Nerve Food

318.

sinmene xerxe Food

ciples

especially valuable for the nerve

no

prepared from the active prin-

is

compounds.

of Vegetable

It

predigested

a

is

and brain

tissues.

It

food,

contains

or other substances that the skin does not readily

fats

absorb.

How

It

The human body

Acts

with

all

its

strangely and wonderfully created,

is

component parts adjusted and perfecth' adapted

one toward the other, the brain and nervous system governing the entire body.

Every nerve center to the surface,

(par. 6i)

in the

body sends branches

and there divides many times into

fine filaments,

permeating the skin.

The Siamene Nerve Food, possessing food and stimulating tonic,

is

the properties of a

applied to the skin with the

manipulative movements.

Thus

applied,

it

acts as a food to the nerves

and a stim-

ulant to the brain and nerve centers, thereby invigorating and

giving renewed activity to

all

the internal organs through

these fine nerve filaments and increasing the strength of the

absorbent vessels.

In this

way

becomes a stimulant and

it

nutrient tonic, and restorer of shattered and 319.

Siamene Cntnrrh Cure

Siamene

Catarrh

Cure

is

a

weak nerve

peculiar

force.

product

of

composed of a number of chemical elements combined

nature,

tlu'ough the agency of heat and volcanic pressure. It is

in

Siamene Fruit Laxative

all

320.

juices

one of the most

forms of catarrh

efficient bactericides,

in

Siamene Fruit Laxative

and

bactericides, 198

and

is

applicable

any portion of the body. is

a combination of fruit

which causes a perfectly natural action

SIAMKNE

199

R1:M1£L)IES.

of the alimentary canal, cleansing

from

it

waste without

all

producing any of those harmful results following most physic remedies, at the same time destroying all deadly germs that niav infest this part of the body.

Siamene Laxative Lozenges are composed of tonic

321.

They have

laxative remedies, combined with bactericides. peculiarly selective

power

in

giving tone to the nerves of the

aHnientary canal and a destructive power to

produce fermentation,

mucous

tion of the

and

I.ozeiiiies

are admis-

especially applicable to

and

children, because they are pleasant

Laxative

and inflamma-

They

coats of the intestines.

sinmene

bacteria which

all

congestion,

irritation,

sible in all cases of constipation,

easily taken.

Siamene LTerine Suppositories contain

322.

a

all

the healing

Its ingredients are

properties necessary in such a remedy.

siRmene uteri svppositones

absorbents, tonics, astringents, eliminators, and anodynes, and are the most efficient that the medical profession has been able '

to produce.

Siamene Uterine Tonic

323.

have a

specific

and

composed of remedies

is

selective action

that

upon the nerve centers and

Siamene Uterine Tonic

the tissues of the generative system in both male and female. It

gives tone to the tired and wornout nerves, improving the

circulation of the blood to the parts affected, supplying

with an increased amount of nutrition.

When

them

administered

luider the specific directions in the paragraphs treating uterine diseases,

324.

it

never

fails to

produce positively good

Siamene Uterine Tablets are composed of bactericides

that have a specific action

upon

all

the bacteria that infest these

upon them.

channels, producing a deadly effect

Siamene Uterine Tablets

This remedy

out the germs that are peculiar to these anatomical

selects

parts,

results.

and

325.

it

The

will

always be found

reliable,

gono-cocci, the specific

simple and safe.

germ producing

the dis-

siamene

ease in the male and female called gonorrhea, has always been

Gonorrhea

recognized by the medical profession as a hard germ to des-

^'^p^'"^"

troy,

it

being capable, by

in almost

any

its

part of the

Siamene Gonorrhea

migratory power, of colonizing

human

Specific a

body.

remedy that

We

have

in

the

will never fail to

200

SIAMKXl!:

HOME TREATM EXT.

when taken under

destroy the gono-cocci

specific

tlie

(hrec-

tions as outlined in par. }^jy. on "( ionorrhea."

Jiacterin

Killer

When

326.

Siameiie

physical constitution

the

becomes worn and

bankrupt, the ner\'ous system shattered, the

weak, and the heart anemic and

comes

fertile

germs

that sap the life blood.

will, in a is

the blood at once be-

tla])by.

not only one but \'arious species of

for

soil

system

diii^estive

measure, forsakes

In

all

human

such cases the

ow'n environment

its

;

then there

not sufficient of this most wonderful divine agent to hold

the back bones in place and su])ply the spinal cord and nerves

with sufficient resisting i)ower to ox'ercome the attacks of

swarm around and

bacteria that

For

the constitution.

all

thus

Bacteria Killer, which contains effect a

permanent

[jactericides that

cure.

the elements required to

all

composed of the

It is

we have been

weak organs of we present the Siamene

infest the

afflicted

best general

from the manv

able to select

the vegetable kingdom, chemically combined in such a as to

Wash

Siamcue Antiseptic

327.

Siamene Antiseptic

meet the indications where a tonic remedy

especially adapted to inbites,

burns, chapped hands, cczcuia,

Being

l)i-uises, cuts,

superior agent,

relieves

it

are combined in such a

remedy known

single

all

its

Siamene Rheumatic Oil

328.

Siamene

manner will

tetter, etc.

pain and soreness almost

Barb-wire and

stantaneously.

animals yield readily under

Oil

is

ail

other cuts and bruises on

is

composed of elements that

as to produce results that

produce.

endosmosis and exosmosis power.

upon inflamed, and

is

painful,

It

applicable in

the body.

all

maticOenii Killer

It

has both

has a magical effect joints

and bones,

forms of rheumatism of muscles and

tumors and swellings

in

any part of

In sore throat, where the glands are enlarged, and

in diphtheria,

329.

It

no

penetrates the skin

and enlarged muscles,

joints, sciatica, internal

in-

free use.

and muscles, drawing foreign matter irom them.

siameue KUeu-

manner

required.

flammations of the skin and muscles, such as stings,

a

Rheumatic

Wash

is

in

it

has no

i)eer.

Siameiie Rheumatic (ierni Killer

cdics that are spcci

fic

is

com])osed of rem-

.mtidotes for the micro-organism which

siA.M

rheuniatisin and

]n"ti(liicc'S

and eradicate

destroNin

connection w

Bath X(\

20

iii-:MKi)ii':

i:\i-:

and can be

Lj"i»iit.

this hacillns in

acute cases

all

npon

relied

to

when taken

general spinal treatment and Sianiene Sweat

ith

1.

Sianiene Diabetic Cure, being' a bactericide, exerts iluence to destroy

th.e

breeding fungus that

li\inj^-,

When

blood of the diabetic patient.

in-

sinmcnc

in the

i>i(ii>etic

its

administered in

is

it

is

'-'"'''

connection with the mechanical manipulaii\e treatment, good

may

results

Siamene and

confidently be expected. l^inimiMit

I'ain

and

difftisive oils,

ficial

or

dieep.

It

beneficial

is

must be

When

sults are obtained.

composed of the most

is

in

local

all

with heat

ai)])lie(l

so applied,

it

if

active

pains, super-

successful re-

Simiicnc

Pain Litiinierit

acts as a stimulant to

increase the circulation of the blood and as an anodyne to

the ner\-es. relieving 330.

The

the body,

upon

it

Powder

it

skin being the third great sewerage system of requires an acti\-e agent having specific influence

the

of anything 331.

pain.

most

known

effective for

Siamene Soap contains

accomplishing this purpose

as

its

active principle a bac-

germs affecting the

ducing inflammation of the hair

follicles,

dandruff and other scalp diseases

;

also

scalp,

eft"ecti\'e

in

cleansing

all

Sianiene

Soap

])ro-

causing falling hair,

germs affecting

all

the skin which produce eczema, both soft and dry.

very

Hath I'owder

to the author.

tericide that will tlestroy all

is

Siainene

The Siamene Bath

carry off waste materials.

to is

all

This soap

sores before dressing with

Siamene Antiseptic Wash. 332.

Siamene Dyspepsia Tablets are composed

:

First,

of

siametw

remedies that destroy the bacteria of the stomach which cause

Dyspepsia

fermentation and gases: second, of remedies that increase the

'^^^'^^^

secretions of the gastric and intestinal juices

third, of

;

remedies

that tonic the nerves of the stomach; fourth, of remedies that

promote the

solvability of foods, bringing

state of digestion.

tation

They

are indicated in

and mal-assimilation of foods, and

them

all

into an easy

cases of fermen-

d\-spepsia.

STAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

202 333. In

siarncrie K'cctfii

stippositaries

Tcclal diseases is

all

tc'

pect to effect a complete cure.

composed of the

tions are tcMiics.

found a

The Siamene

if

you ex-

Rectal Supposi-

and

best germicides, astringents,

are highly absorptive, feed the nerves, and give strength

These suppositories combine

to the walls of the intestines.

that can be desired to effect a

all

s^erni that is peculiar

and these germs must be destroyed

that regioii,

permanent cure

when combined with

of rectal diseases,

forms

in all

the other

Siamene

treatments.

Siamene

334.

Sianierie

Diuretic

Diuretic

stimulants

^lixtiire

meet the indications acute

INIixture

embraces

bactericides,

and tonics that are peculiarly well adapted in all

and chronic.

to

forms of kidney and bladder trouble,

When

it

taken in connection with

is

Siamene Medicated Baths and Siamene manipulations

in the

various forms, absolute success can be expected, where the constitution Dry Cupping

Dry cupping

335.

have

and

sufficiently strong to support the treatments.

is

household

the

in

To

pain.

is

one of the best mechanical means we for

apply, take a

relieving

internal

congestion

small tumbler or teacup hav-

ing a smooth edge, a piece of cotton cloth or paper folded the size of an ordinary thimble; saturate same with kero-

sene or alcohol, with a pair of shears or something with

which tlie

grasp

to

Bare the surface

it.

to

be

cupped,

fit

cup on the surface to see that there are no air-spaces

before cupping; then take the cup in one hand, with the shears in the other, grasp the saturated cloth or paper, and

touch ir

it

When

ignited,

drop

into the glass and quickly apply the cup to the surface to

be cupped. (air tight), all

burning match or candle.

to a

If it

the cup adheres evenly,

will

immediately

take hold of the skin,

the fleshy parts into the vessel,

from

drawing

the internal organs to the surface.

mained on from three

closing out

all

all

air

sucking

congested blood

After

it

has re-

to seven minutes, take the glass in

one

hand, placing the thumb of the other hand on the flesh near the glass, then turn the glass to one side, allowing air to pass

under

it,

and the glass

will

come

off easily.

After the cup

SI

is

AM EXE REMEDIES.

2O3

removed, bathe the surface cupped with Sianiene Autiseptic

Wash.

SIAMENE UNLEAVENED BREAD. 336.

Grahaui flour and cold water, or two parts of whole

wheat or graham and one part of oatmeal and water, made Use no salt or seasoning of any into an unleavened sponge. This should be kneaded

kind. light,

ness,

spongy condition and cut into

tiling in a

fifteen

baked,

it

then

roll to

mass has acquired a

one-fourth inch in thick-

strips, place in a pan, or, better,

baking oven or stove oven mediumly

minutes

on a porous hot.

Bake

and bake thirty minutes; turn again and

thirty minutes; turn

bake

;

until the

;

be careful not to burn.

When

properly

should be a light brown, not scorched or blistered.

In this condition the bread highly recommended in

all

is

sweet and nutritious.

cases of indigestion.

It

is

Chapter XVI. AND TREATMENT

DISEASES: THEIR SWAIITOMS

DERANGEMENT OF THE SPINAL

Symptoms

T/ic Eyc.

337.

—The

sense of

^'isi()^

or i)er\'erted in disorders of the

])aire(l.

or functional

It is

SENSES.

may

l)rain,

be exalted, im-

whether organic

exalted in intlaniniation, impaired or per-

verted in l)rain affections.

Spots and various small objects

floating before the eye have a significance of

some form of

dis-

eased condition of the brain, such as anemia and disturbances of nerve centers.

Ordinarily they

may

be considered mere

shadows caused by functional disturbances of the nerve Treatment

Jn

fomis of inflammation of the

all

centers.

eye. free the general cir-

culation (par. 230), and especially that of the neck

(

pars. 210-

213), over the superorbital nerve (par. 221), and the inner corner of the eye, lachrymal sac (par. 220).

As

a

wash

for

all

inflamed eyes, use Siamene Antiseptic

Wash. Keep

Eaxative or Siamene Laxative Lozenges, and tc

Symptoms

Siamene Fruit

the bowels well regulated by using

restrict yourself

a light, bland diet. 338.

Tlic Ear.

Its functions are

sion.

fections.

caused

body

— The same may be

is

]\Iost

said of hearing as of

\-i-

impaired and perverted by cerebral af-

commonly, however, impaired hearing

is

cold draughts on the back of the neck, while the

l)y

heated, producing muscular contractions

circulation.

In some cases impaired hearing

is

and unequal secondarily

produced by catarrh of the eustachian tubes leading from the back part of the nasal caxities 204

to the internal ear.

diseases: tiikir

The same

symptoms axd treatment.

treatments for the eye meet the iiuh-

i^eneral

Treat

cations of the ear.

205

tlie

rrcntmcn

nerves and glands under the

lower jaw leachng up to the ear (par. 224), vibrate the ear (par. 214)

also apply fomentations (par.

;

Earache,

warm

have

in

315) to the

ear.

addition to the preceding- treatment, should

Sianiene Catarrh Cure nr mullein

oil dr()])])ed

Kumciu-

into

Either one, or both combined, are of marvelous value.

il.

They destroy insert a

339.

nasal

warm compress Tlir Xosr.

chambers,

Hien

germs, are soothing and cleansing.

tlie

of wool or cotton into the ear.

— The upper

air passages

larynx

pharynx,

and

embrace the upper

trachea

(nose

and

throat).

In acute inflammation, acute catarrh of the nose cold in the nose and head), tonsillitis (sore throat),

or enlarged tonsils,

first

(bad

Treatment

mumps,

give general spinal treatment to free

the circulation (par. 230), giving special attention to any contracted muscles and sore places on the neck (pars. 210-213).

Apply sweating compress

(par. 313) to the neck at bedtime.

Use Siamene Catarrli Cure swallow a teaspoonful

freely as a gargle or spray,

in one-half glass of

and

water once every

three hours.

In chronic catarrh, affections of the nasal passages and throat, in addition to the

above treatment give Siamene Laxa-

Lozenges every night upon

tive

rising drink

two

to

retiring,

and immediately after

three glasses of water.

Use Siamene

Catarrh Cure freely or peroxide of hydrogen every two or three hours in a spray or douche. is

If peroxide of

hydrogen

used, dilute with four parts of water to one of peroxide of

hydrogen,

DERANGED MOTION.

The manifestations

of deranged motion are called paralysis,

tremor, spasms, and convulsions.

PARALYSIS. 340. tion,

Paralysis

is

a loss of the pow'er of

one or both, general or 14

local,

motion or sensa-

with a retained will to

chronu catarrh

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

2o6

move

the affected

The

jjart.

loss of sensation often liappens

alone.

Causes are congestions or anemia produced

upon some nerve

l)y

pressure

usually seated in the base of the

center,

brain.

Local paralysis poison,

—

usually produced by the action of

is

some

mercury, ptomaines (diseased germs)

lead, arsenic,

from meats and vegetables.

remove the pressure by general spinal treatment

First

Trentineut

spine.

and apply dry cupping (par. 335) up and down Give Siamene Bacteria Killer. Give Siamene

^kledicated

Sweats to stimulate the vasomotor nerves of the

(par. 230),

the

body and open the pores of the

entire

Give local

skin.

Apply Siamene Rheumatic

I'etrassage treatment daily.

Oil.

For paralysis from ptomaines of diphtheria and rheumatism give peroxide of hydrogen, one-half teaspoonful in half a tumbler of water, every three or four hours.

^^'hen

paralysis

affects

limited

areas,

such as a single

muscle, nerve or organ, close search should be

made

for the

localized spot along the spinal centers, corresponding to the

part affected (see Reference

Column), and give

it

special treat-

partial,

often begin

ment.

CONVULSIONS. 341.

Spasms of muscles, general or

in the eyes,

hands or

toes,

involving the entire body, leaving

the patient dull.

These are due to

some in

distant source, as an intestinal

worm, undigested food

etc.

If seen

in

warm mustard

the attack,

strip the

patient

and immerse

in

water, with a cold, wet cloth to the head,

ten or fifteen minutes. ice

of the brain reflected from

the bowels, eye strain, a burn on the hand, a blister, a

fright,

Treatment

irritation

water, up and

down

Run

a cloth,

wrung from

the spine quickly.

cold or

Treat the skin

up and down the spine with Siamene Movement

(par.

184)

DISEASES

SV M

Til Kl K

:

1'

T(

)

MS AN

1

)

lUEATM EXT.

In the iiiaiia<;enient

10 siiniulate the reflexes.

give general spinal treatment,

(live

20/

of such cases

Siamene Laxative Lozen-

Diet the ])atient on easily digested

ges to regulate the howels. food.

ACl'TE 342.

By

IXELAMMATIOX OF BRAIN this

term

A XI) STIXAL COKD.

meant inflammation of the membrane

is

covering the brain and spinal cord. Svtnptoiiis.

— Intense

followed by restlessness,

headache,

symptoms

nervous vomiting, hard, frecpient pulse, red eyes, often with small contracted

i)upil.

eyes crossed, very sensitive to light

and sound, obstinate constipation,

stiffness of the

muscles of

the neck, delirium, convulsions and high temperature.

Place the patient in a quiet, darkened room while the attack

is

acute

;

keep

all

Treatment

the muscles of the neck and back re-

laxed (pars. 2IO. 211, 212. 213 and 230).

Give Siamene Fruit Laxative or Siamene Laxative Lozenges.

Apply heat

to the feet

Dry-cup the spine

and cold to the head and

spine.

Give peroxide of hydrogen,

(par. 335).

one-half teaspoonful in one-half a glass of water, every three

hours; give to children in proportion.

NEURASTHENIA. 343. Xeurasthenia, or poverty of nerve force,

The germ can be found

disease.

tongue of any malady.

In

neuralgia,

indi\'i(lual

languor,

epilepsy,

general

debility,

literally

this

chronic

suicidal

germ

and on the

the blood

from

a

nervous

headaches,

mania,

and

all

swcirms with this microbe.

male, on account of the greater (leveloi)ment of his

sym})athetic system, is

in

suffers

spermatorrhea,

forms of insanity, the blood

The

who

is

is

better protected than the female.

contagious in close contact

neurasthenia should

The presence

slee])

there-fore

;

It

one affected with

alone.

of this microbe in large (|uantities strikes

directly for the organs of

life,

the reproductive organs, and,

Avhen unmolested, saps sexual vigor

in

both male and female.

Trentment

SIAMKXE HOME TREATMENT.

208 Aniiiliilatc

the

lliis

niicmbe with Sianiene IJacteria Killer and free

Medicated

(live Sianiene

circulation (par. 230).

g-eiieral

Sweats (par. 307 or 309). Gentle petrassaging- of muscles, deep hreathing (par. 274),

Give diet that

mental medicine (pars. 254, 255 or 256).

such as broiled animal food,

rich in brain element, phosphates,

game,

etc.

(

Take abundant

386).

i)ar.

is

rest.

EPILEPSY.

J'aroxysmal convulsions, with loss of consciousness

344.

and power of voluntary motion, Symptoms

It

is

by coma.

sensibility followed

recoguized by the aura or warning, dilated pupils,

general nervousness, seizure, foaming at the mouth, biting of

and

the tongue,

The

breathing.

difficult

may

fit

last

from a

few seconds to several hours. Cfiitses

Usually the cause

in the stomach.

is

may

It

There may

on the stomach.

central nervous system reflexed

be in the

be some diseased germs in the blood circulating thri)ugh the

weakened patches of the which

irritate

it,

brain,

excreting their ptomaines,

thus giving rise to an abrupt discharge of the

electrical currents in the brain,

Treaimcut

During the

attack, loosen the clothing;

from doing bodily harm bruising the head, give an

to himself, such as biting the tongue, If the seizure

etc.

guard the patient

enema of one teaspoonful of

is

difficult to control,

turpentine,

two

table-

spoonfuls of starch and four oimces of water.

Remove

the cause

about the ninth dorsal the ribs until they

;

usually you will

ru'e

if

they require

it

(

par.

Administer

if

disturbance

230) once a day.

(par. 232).

Give Sianiene

constipated.

mental

medicine,

strong

suggestions

chapter on "Mental ^Medicine," pars. 254, 255, 256)

above

all

else,

Adjust

Apply sweating com-

press (par. 313) to the stomach every night.

Laxative Lozenges

a

muscles drawing

lapped; tenderness oxer the stomach.

Ciive general spinal treatment

the ribs

find

vertel)ra, the intercostal

observe

strict

dietetic

measures.

(see ;

and,

Give some

DISEASKS: TllKlK

form of

predigestecl

Bread (par.

SYMTTOMS AND

rKi:ATM KXT.

wheat food, such as Sianicnc I'nlcavcncd

or trranose biscuit and water.

t,t,(^),

209

Restrict the

patient to this exchisive diet for two weeks, giving" two meals

a day, and as sparingly as will satisfy the patient.

end of the two

At

sugar.

end of three weeks some other

the

may

digested food

1)e

added, cxccf^t sweets and it is

into the diet until the end of

three weeks.

more

on

diet of predigested

strict

for

instructions

specific

first

pre-

Hgiit

Use

fats.

not to be introduced

olive oil salted in place of Initter. but

patient

At the

weeks add baked or stewed apples. ivifJiout

food

indixidual

,s-/.r

Keep

For

months.

cases,

the

consult

the

Bureau of Information.

TETANUS (lock-jaw). Tetanus

345.

is

marked by

a persistent, rigid contraction

of muscles, particularly those of the jaw.

by a wound or an injury. garden earth,

dirt

It

It is

symptoms

usually caused

has a specific germ, found in

and manure.

Such cases require great

care.

Keep

the muscles thoroughly relaxed by giving general

spinal treatment (

par.

307 or 309

tincture of

equal parts,

)

once a day.

—

Give the following mixture. of capsicum,

tincture

lobelia,

rrcutment

and Siamene Medicated Sweats

(par. 230)

in fifteen-drop doses

cular spasms are controlled.

tincture

valerian,

once an hour until the mus-

If the case

is

an obstinate one,

increase the size of the dose five drops each succeeding dose.

Follow these by either teaspoonful doses of Siamene Catarrh

Cure or peroxide of hydrogen hour.

By

all

means keep

freely applying

in one-half glass of

water every

the 1)ody thoroughly

relaxed by

Siamene Xerve Food and inhibiting the con-

tracted muscles.

NEURALGIA. 346.

Neuralgia

is

due to a weak and devitalized condition

of some special nerve, or either a disease Jiffecting the

the nerves,

same.

It is

irregular and

germ or

its

ptomaine

recognized by pain shooting along intermittent

;

it

receives

its

name

ceuises

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

210 from

location; in the head or face,

ils

stomach, gastralgia

]>ectoris;

nephralgia; sciatic nerve, Kclieve

Treatment

X

if

)

pain

;

facial: heart,

angina

bowels, neuralgic colic; kidneys,

sciatica,

etc.

tlic i)ain first

by giving general treatment (Chapter

general:

contined to a local spot, give general

is

if

spinal treatment (par. 230), general treatment of neck (pars.

210, 211. 212. 213). or local treatment to the part affected.

using Siamene Nerve Food freely.

If the pain

is

obstinate.

apply Siamene Pain Liniment, In chronic cases give Siamene Medicated Sweats to open

Chronic seurnigia

avcuucs of cxcretiou.

\\\q

In

all

cases give the most nutritious diet.

DISEASES OF 347.

THE CHEST.

Whooping-cough

is

W'HOOPIXG-COUGH.

an affection of childhood due to

admission of a micro-organism by the respiratory mucous

This germ enters the blood and propagates along

membrane.

the cervical portion of the spinal cord and the base of the brain.

When

once the germ has become fully localized,

off its spores at intervals,

to

immense

which

thrown

about every two

ptomaine

of

cjuantities

it

throws

hours, incidental

excretions

are

from the mucous surfaces by paroxysms of cough-

off

ing.

The organisms contained of the

and,

body

if left

in the

alone, they

\\\\\

consume

blood, after which they die off; to use Treatment

up

blood penetrate

all

parts

in search of the elements of nutrition for food,

it

all

of this element in the

takes eight to twelve w-eeks

this element.

Give general spinal treatment once a day to equalize the circulation, general treatment of the neck (pars. 210, 211, 212,

213), with specific attention from the

first

to fourth dorsal.

Inhale steam from a solution of Siamene Catarrh Cure in a

steam atomizer.

In the absence of a steam atomizer, a small

pitcher containing the solution

under the nose, with a cloth

may

be used, by placing

it

sufficientlv lars:e to cover the

symptoms AXD treatment.

diseases: their

head and pitcher

to

occasionally with the same.

As

inhale the tinnes.

S[)ray the

nostrils

15urn naphthalene in a plate,

a microhe killer, gi\'e

and

Siamene Bacteria

two grain doses of phenacetin once

Killer, or one-half to

Depend

four to eight hours.

steam.

the

C(-)nrine

211

principally

upon freeing the

in

cir-

culation of the spinal cord in the cervical region by Petrassage

and Siamene Moxement. See to

that

it

the sewerage systems are kept open,

.all

especially the bowels,

by giving Siamene Laxative Lozenges

or Siamene Fruit Laxative.

BRONCHITIS. 348. Bronchitis

the lining to

a microbe disease, an inflammation of

is

membrane of

the bronchial tubes.

cough, expectoration,

pain.

The cough

stages; later

is

it

an

is

of breathing,

difficulty

hacking cough

irritative,

and

deeper,

is

It

symptoms

gives rise fever

and

in the early

followed by copious colored

expectoration due to microbes in the blood.

Give general spinal treatment (par. 230) to free the culation of cervical

all

and upper dorsal nerves.

from Siamene Catarrh Cure.

Inhale steam (par. 347)

and manipulate

all

morning by sponging

Apply Siamene Nerve Food

salt water.

Treatment tor Acute ca^es

Place sw'eating compress over

the chest every night, followed in the

with strong

cir-

internal organs, with special treatment to the

the muscles of the back

Siamene ^^lovement and Petrassage.

off

freely,

and neck wuth

Give Siamene Laxative

Lozenges to regulate the bowels. In chronic cases, in addition to the preceding treatment. apply fomentations (par. 315) to the chest, of the body

is

free

from

fever.

Change once

After using fomentations for four or

Rheumatic Oil twice

daily,

when

five days,

continuing

it

the surface

in tw^o hours.

apply Siamene

as long as

it

will

produce counterirritation. Also see par. 231.

tuberculosis. 349. Tuberculosis

any part of the body.

is

a deposit of the tubercular

germ

in

Treatment for chronic cases

212 PuliiK )iiary

Puhiionnry Tuberculosis

SI

oenii

ill

AM EXE HOME TREATMENT.

tul)ei"cul()sis

gemis

Tlic

tlic luii^'.

a spot of the

mucous

is

surfaces,

the spongy parts of the lung,

upon the .\.s

a

deposit

of

the

tn1)ercular

collect in colonies or |)atches

and are supposed

to

on

burrow into

where they multiply and

subsist

nutritive element of the blood supplying that part.

they increase in number, they i)roduce a fermentive condi-

This forms a hard, cheesy substance

tion in the lung tissues. called tubercle or lump,

producing a dry, hacking cough, short-

ness of breath, excitable pulse, pains about the chest, hemor-

rhage from slight streaks to profuse discharge, feverishness

and wasting of the body

later,

;

increased fever, debility, loss of

appetite, purulent expectoration with

bloody or yellow cheesy

Hakes, chills, night sweats, exhaustion, and emaciation. Treatment

Opcu

the scwcragc systcms, using

all

Siamene Laxative

Lozenges for the bowels and Siamene Medicated Sweats for the skin and kidneys.

Free the circulation of

sympathetics by general spinal treatment

all

the spinal

230) every

(par.

Give thorough inunction with Siamene Nerve

other day.

Food (Chapter IX) treatment (Chapter

to the entire body, followed

X) once

by general

a week.

Give Siamene Bacteria Killer and peroxide of hydrogen internally, in one-half teaspoonful doses in water, alternately

every three hours.

Three times

a

day take ten minutes, alternating abdominal

Tpar. 274) and upper-chest (par. 2/^,) inhalations, breathing at the ratio of two,

centrate the liminal

mind on

mind

full

three and one. the love

control of the situation by taking the ex-

ercises in a passive state Diet

The

While breathing, con-

power within, giving the sub-

(par. 253).

diet should consist of the

most nutritious food, juices

when they agree, gelatine, strong broths, Take al)undant outdoor life, campcereals.

of meats, cream, eggs

and predigested

ing, climbing, running,

jumping, and swimming.

PNEUMONIA. 350. disease.

is a germ The pneumo-

Pneumonia, or inflammation of the lungs, Its

germ

is

called the

pncumo-coccus.

diseases: their symi'tums coccus, or

213

prevalent in the blood of a i)neumonia pa-

one of the most deadly germs, short-lived, but very

tient, is

prolific

genu

and treatment.

and active during-

lifetime.

caused by exposure to inclement weather, often aided

It is

causes

by contagion.

The symptoms

are hot, drv skin. Hushed face, quick pulse,

extremely rapid, hard breathing, peculiar expectoration called

the lung,

i)ain in

symptoms

cough with

"prune juice," rusty brick-dust

expectoration, high feyer, and delirium. First open tive to

sewerages by giving Siamene

all

Laxa-

]'ruit

TrcHtment

thoroughly cleanse the alimentar}^ canal, and Siamene

]^Iedicated

Sweats to open the pores of the skin and

the kidneys (pars. 307 or 309).

upon

act

Give general spinal treatment

(par. 230 J to free the circulation to

all

Give

internal organs.

specific attention to freeing the portions of the

lungs inyolved

by finding the contracted muscle, usually in the dorsal region, pressing upon the nerves that control the affected part

pand the chest

pain,

and

inhibit

;

the

If free breathing

halations (par. 273). find the contracted

Take

227).

(par.

full is

;

ex-

upper-chest in-

obstructed by pain,

muscle along the spine that produces the

then have the patient take

full

upper-chest

breathing, inhale, hold, and exhale at the ratio of two, three

and one.

Let this be continued until the patient

of perspiration. the patient, but his

is

in a state

This will require some energy on the part of let

him begin

mind concentrated on

slowly, gently

the intent.

and

with

easily,

Apply sweating com-

press to the lungs at bedtime.

PLEURISY. 351. Pleurisy, or inflammation of the internal lining

brane of the chest, the serous covering of the lung,

mem-

caused

is

by mechanical violence, cold, dampness, and exposure.

Symptoms.

— Depression,

fever,

dry, hacking cough,

lan-

cinating pain, or catches over the affected area.

Treatment.

— Free

treatment (par. 230)

the circulation by giving general spinal ;

local treatment to contracted

and nerves corresponding

to the pain.

muscles

Give Siamene Medi-

causes

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

214

cated Sweat No.

every day.

i

Apply Sianiene Pain Lini-

ment.

When

Chronic pievrii^r

the (hsease l)ecomes chronic, there

is

a thickening

of the plcural membrane, with accumnlation of fluids in the

Apply Siamene Rheumatic Oil twice

pleural cavity. if

the accumulation

have

it

is

in large cjuantities,

it

is

daily;

advisable to

removed by surgical operation. TONSILLITIS.

352. Tonsillitis, or inflamed tonsils

and

throat, acute

and

chronic.

Syiupfonis.

— Pain,

redness and swelling of tonsils, fe\er,

swallowing, headache, general lassitude and ach-

difficulty in

ing of limbs.

Treatment.

— Free

the circulation

treatment (par. 230)

b}'

giving general spinal

give special attention to hard and con-

;

tracted muscles along the back of the neck region,

around the angle of the jaw and

ear,

and upper dorsal by pinching,

ing and scjueezing, gently, forcefully and deeply. finger into the

mouth

pull-

Introduce the

(par. 233), giving but gentle pressure,

squeezing the tonsils on either

side.

Give Siamene Fruit Laxa-

or Siamene Laxative Lozenges internally to open the

tive

bowels.

As

a spray to the throat use Siamene Catarrh Cure

once an hour or inhale steam from steam atomizer. If the kidneys are not acting well,

over

last dorsal

and

first

and

and there

is

tenderness

Siamene

secontl lumbars, give

Diuretic INIixture.

DIPHTHERIA. 353. Diphtheria

is

a microl)ian disease of the

microbe

is

i)revalent in the

form. vital

Its

force,

l;)eing

most deadly

most shattered

analogous to the decayed tissue

state of

in

plants

and animals. Diagnosis.

followed by

— An

chills

indescribable languor, lassitude, debility,

and

fever, nausea, vesicles coalescing in the

fauces; soft palate, tonsils, tongue, the

mouth bec(^me

like

washed green

gums

or other parts of

leather patches, and, if

AND TKKATM KXT.

diseases: TIIKIR SVMl'TOMS not

charged with

grow gangrenous, and

with,

interfered

extensive as to ahnost

fill

breath

the

This growth sometimes

matter.

fetid

215

the

month and

is

so

is

All

air passages.

the glands under the jaw and ear and on the neck swell

kidneys become affected,

with

depressed,

scanty

secretions

of urine, usually containing albumen; a quick, small pulse,

high fever, temperature ranging from loi to 103 and 104 degrees F.

Treatment.

dreaded and

— The

first

thing to that

fatal disease is

it

which the micro-cocci accumulate rate

upon

mucous

the

recognize in this most is

a microbian disease in

at

an exceedingly rapid

surfaces of the air passages, migrating-

with

in colonies into the blood, ])oisoning the entire system,

a specificallv depressing condition of the vasomotor centers.

Usually multiplied colonies take up their abode along- the

liver

the urine and

uric

and renal

centers,

producing albumen in

acid in superal)undant quantities.

In consequence

we have

uremic poison, causing coma and death, unless the tension

removed and kept lax and more

especially the liver

First give to open

all

is

sympathetic centers,

in all the spinal

and kidney

centers.

Siamene Medicated Sweat Bath No.

i

or No.

2.

avenues of excretion of the skin and stimulate

The author has found in baths can be relied upon as the means

reflexively all the internal organs. his experience that these

of saving more

human

lives

from death

in cases of diphtheria

and other diseases than any one remedial agent known profession. tion of

sway.

all

to the

Give general spinal treatment to free the circulathe spinal centers, thereby affording nature free

Give general treatment of the neck (pars. 210. 211.

212 and 213), freeing the circulation of the blood in the neck, throat and tonsils. Follow this operation by cleansing the hands, then introduce one finger into the throat, giving a quick, gentle, pressing

sweep against the

tonsils

and

fauces,

and

all

soft parts, thereby freeing the circulation

(par. 233). Give Siamene Bacteria Killer internally, and spray the

tonsils with the

same

in a

steam atomizer everv hour.

Ap-

SIAMENE

2l6

Siamene l\heuniatic Oil

ply

If

the throat

is

much

is

the

most

for

it

pene-

this

to the author,

deep tissues and brinies

the

trates

to the throat:

known

treatment

local

effective

TREATMENT.

IIO.M1-:

poisonous matter.

forth

swollen, apply sweating compress (par.

313), saturating the cloth in a solution of Siamene Bacteria

change once

Killer;

in four hours.

CROUP. 354. Dia<s:[n()sis.

— Croup

modic and membranous, focating sensation, n'lCmbranous.

wise

it

in

case the patient

Bath No.

2.

prompt and

requires

suf-

When

radical treatment, other-

fatal.

— Siamene

Treatment.

by a peculiar

easily recognized

hoarse breathing and coughing.

might prove

it

a microbian disease, both sjjas-

is

followed

]\ledicated

Sweat Bath No.

i,

or,

an infant, Siamene Aledicated Sweat

is

Ijv

general spinal treatment,

attention to the second,

and fourth

third

sweating compress (par. 313)

^^•ith

cervicals.

to the neck.

specific

Apply

Give Siamene

Fruit Laxative or Siamene Laxative Lozenges to cleanse the

bowels thoroughly. cate this

germ from

Siamene Bacteria Killer

(live

treatment will cure every case

DISEASE OF

if

mittent

;

— Irregular

THE HEART.

beat,

pain over the heart

and anemic

;

;

This

given as directed.

355. Affections of the heart, functional

Syml'toins.

to eradi-

the alimentary canal and the blood.

too

fast,

and organic.

too slow or inter-

poor circulation, cold

shortness of the breath,

weak

feet,

pale

digestion,

and

dropsical effusions.

Treatment.

ment

(par.

upon

the

— Remove

230).

the pressure by giving spinal treat-

Sometimes a contracted muscle pressing

l)lood-vessels

of

the

inner

portion

of the thigh

(saphenous vein) obstructs the flow of the blood from the lower extremities to the heart, causing anemia of that organ. Contracted muscles on the neck, upper chest, upper dorsal region, and misjilaced

ril)s

produce both functional and organic

and TKKATMKXr.

diseases: TIIKIK SYMI-ToMS

Look

heart disease.

treainient as ina\-

ti\"e

I'or severe

remove

tor the cause,

indicated.

l)e

and obstinate

it

Take

cases, consult the

by such

J\J

nianipiihi-

off the f^rrssiiiw

r.ureau of Infor-

mati(in.

THE STOMACH.

DISEASE OF

and acute

356. Chronic

i^astritis

or intlaniniation of the

stomach. Sxiiipfonis.

— Pain

abnormally increased Treatment.

stomach, vomiting, loss of or

the

in

appetite.

— Free the circulation of the blood

to the stom-

ach by giving general treatment (par. 230). with special attention to the fourth, hfth. sixth, seventh and eighth dorsal

nerves and vertebnie (par. 97).

l^n-n the patient on the side

and

Petrassage the stomach and

(par. 228).

raise the ribs

bowels, give circular vibration over the stomach and

Siamene ^Movement over the al)domen and

liver,

chest,

and

Siamene

Laxati\"e Lozenges or Siamene Fruit Laxative to regulate the

accumulate from undigested food, use Si-

If gases

bowels.

amene Dyspepsia

Tablets.

HEPATITIS. 357. Hepatitis, inflammation of the liver, acute

Nearly

all

atTections of this gland originate

and chronic.

from

a partial

disintegration or inflammation, caused by solar heat, malarial

germs, alcoholic drinks, and excess of carbonaceous foods.

Sxinptoms.

—

and

dull,

ribs

on the right

(Generally

and tenderness

commence with

pains, 1)oth acute

in the region of the liver

side, level

(under the Pain under

with the stomach).

the right shoulder-blade; enlargement of the liver, sympathetic

or hacking cough an excess of l)ile

spirits,

etc.

bile

(clay color).

;

intestinal

disorders,

the stools

(too yellow), or a diminished

The

skin

is

yellow; there

is

showing

amount of

depression of

homesickness, despondency, copper taste in the mouth.

The

acute form

is

common

rare in temperate climate.

in the tropical

region, but

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

JlS Tvcai incut. to

j^'iven

side

the

(par.

—

(leneral

and

tentli

treatment

(li\e

107).

Ireatment,

siiinal

ninth

eig'htli.

attention

special

dorsals on the rii^ht

manipnlate

daily;

liver,

Tapotment. Sianiene Movement, circnlar vibration, sweating compress

at night; before -applying the

surface over the liver with

a

compress, bathe the

composed of a

solution

tea-

spoonful of dilute nitro-muriatic acid and one-half glass of

Take Siamene Fruit Laxative every night and morn-

water.

followed by copious

ing,

drinks of water.

Take

physical

culture exercises for liver (par. 304).

THE SPLEEN. The

lymph channels, pink marrow of the bones, the mesentery and other glands, exercise a somewhat 358.

spleen,

analogous function in the

human body

in

forming and

tributing the white blood corpuscles (leucocytes)

dis-

to the red

blood corpuscles (erythrocytes). Besides aiding in this process, the spleen acts as a safety valve for the heart and an important adjunct to the

Placed over

its

sympathetic system, with the vital element

\Mien

this

liver.

capsule are the principal ganglia of the great its

millions of

from the center of

little

life,

brains drawing

the brain.

gland becomes inflamed and congested,

we have

Icucocythemia or a colorless, clayish-looking skin.

Treatment.

ment

— Free

the circulation by general spinal treat-

(par. 230), giving special attention to the eighth, ninth

and tenth dorsals on the over the

spleen,

clay

left

side (par. 107).

poultice,

-\pply locally

but before applying,

the parts well with peroxide of hy
bathe

Give Siamene

Bacteria Killer or fluid extract of bearsfoot internally.

CONSTIPATION. 359. Coustipatiou

Constipation .1

Habit

is

perhaps more of a habit than a disease;

in truth, the fruitful

it

is.

is

allowed to fasten

itself

source of

many

upon the system.

diseases,

when

it

DISF.ASKS:

and

'JI10 lari^est

SYMPTOMS AXD TREATMKXT.

TIll-.lK

nicsi iniixiriam ni the four threat

systems of the body

219

sewerage

^'"""'

the alimentary canal.

is

TheMimentnry

Causes. J'irst.

—

Second.— lm\nu-c

constipation

drmkiii:^ water.

—A — Lack of —Throno-h the — may

deticiency of bile.

Third.

intestinal seeretions.

FourtJi. Fifth.

causes of

I'v the i)cculiar nature of the diet.

Si.vth.

secretions of neighboring glands.

from impaired power of the bowels

arise

It

to propel their contents. Seveiith.

—

may

It

making pressure upon Eighth.

—

It

may

be the result of some misplaced

rib,

the great splanchnic nerve.

l^e

a contracted muscle in the region of

the sixth to tenth dorsal.

Ninth.

—

It

may

be from mental worry, which will de-

vitalize the entire spinal system.

Tenth.

—

It

may arise from eating too fast. It may be ]:)roduced from a fear

— — Anger while Thirteenth. — Neglect Fourteenth. — Excessive Eleventh. Tzvelfth.

thought.

eating.

to attend to nature's call.

mental fatigue without

sufficient

physical exercise. Fifteenth.

— Excessive

or

improper

sexual

indulgence;

sexual excitement, including lascivious thoughts; self-abuse;

keeping the generative organs too hot by heavy clothing, or inattention to cleanliness.

— Prolonged Seventeenth. — Mental Eighteenth. — Overwork. Nineteenth. — Close confinement Si.vteenth.

ill

health.

strain.

without proper physical

exercise.

Sxniptonis.

— Second. — Headache, Third. — Dizziness.

First.

Difficult fecal evacuations.

symptoms of constipation

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

220

heavy sensation of the \mk\\ and mind. — — Lack of — Eruption of Seventh. — Derangements of the stomach. Eighth. — Flatulency. Ninth. — A sallow complexion. — l)lood diseases from absorption of ptomaines, Dull,

Fourtli.

appetite.

l-iftli.

skin.

SixtJi.

Tcntli.

accumulating- in the intestinal tract.

Eleventh.

— Neuralgic

pains, caused

by absorption of the

above ptomaines.

— Poor Thirteenth. — Heart disturbances. Fourteenth. — Catarrhal diseases of circulation.

Tzvelfth.

different

mucous

sur-

faces.

Fifteenth. the nerve

— Melancholy,

wave

produced by the obstruction of

l3etween the solar plexiis and the brain.

This

sometimes produces insanity. Sixteenth.

— Weakness of the walls of the large

intestines,

rendering them unable to respond to the nerve wa\'e, thereby lessening the

normal secretions that further the expulsion

of the feeal matter. Sez'enteenth.

— Poisonous gases caused by the accumulation

of particles of fecal matter in the folds of the intestines. Treatment for Constipation

Treatment. causcs that

—This

treatment varies, owing to numerous

may produce

it

in

a given case.

Many

cases

have only a slight lesion along the spinal nerves that requires simply the application of Xerve Food, and one or two general spinal treatments (par. Chronic constipation

230) to relieve

it.

Constipation of long standing requires a careful and

S3''S-

tcuiatic treatment, not only of the bowels, but of the general

system.

Apply Nerve Food and give general

spinal treat-

ment

(par.

230) once

with

fetid

matter absorbed from the alimentar}' canal, take

daily.

If the skin

Siamene Medicated Sweat Bath No. dav.

i

is

sallow and loaded

or No. 2 every other

DISKASKS:

'l"lli:iK

SYMl'TOMS AND

Kci^iilation nf the diet

can be said of with

agrees

diet

i> tif

with

cHsagrees

one,

treatment, though important,

There

M

is

The

diet

unknown

ot

([uantity.

nu)re constipation caused from an improper

is

"••'

lh:it

This branch

another.

an

221

I'.XT.

importance; but what

stand the lest?

will

tliat

i)iiinary

lUl-LAT

man-

Enthig

imi.rof.cr

ner of eating than from the kind of food taken.

Kat with an alinicnllvr

with the min
///c/zj:^///,

r

•

,

r

1

concentrated on the ijood vou are extractmg trom the tood. ,

,

\\'hile eating

w

ith this

least, in

which there are distinctixely

three.

must

it

Fir.v,,r

Mastuation

Take thirty-two

thoroughly masticated.

lie

"chews"

distinct all

uith

Proper

every article of food.

In order to segregate and detect the dift'erent flaxors of food,

f^^t

alimentive thought, mentally segre-

gate the different llavors. of a',

1

mouthful of solid food, breaking

to ever}-

globules and extracting the juice, that perfect satisfaction

m.av be afforded the faculty of alimentiveness, thereby better [)rei)aring the all

that

is

and

uiices

food

stuff's

to be done, but fla\'ors

^Mastication

for digestion.

not

is

the conscious al)straction of the

of the food

is

the i)rime object of mastica-

tion.

Drink from two

hours: take plenty of exercise \\

ith

water every twenty-four

to four (|uarts of in the

open

jiroper eating, will cure a greater

Do

is

Fear

robs you of vour defensi\'e power.

Do Anger

Fear in the

is

a thief;

chemical

it

creates a poison in the blood

ritating to the alimentary canal as

and impairs digestion;

is

15

It

is

is

constipating in

is

equally as

Angler

it

ir-

an excess of acid.

excess of worrv creates an abnormal

depressor.

Tii<„ij^iit

lal)-

not allow yonr anger to become aroused while eating.

the blood, and this

Fenr

])roduces the acids of the system.

creates the caustic alkali of the system; this

An

freely

always recommended.

not eat with a "fear thought."

oratory of the mind

ami

t"-^'?'-"-*'"^'

cases of

Drinking water

constipation than any other treatment.

immediately after rising

air; this, together

number of

Drinking-

amount of

its effects.

the source of the greater part of

acid in

Worry all

is

a

trouble.

\\<>rry

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

222

and throws the body out of

\\'orrv depresses the vital forces,

harmony

^Yith health thoughts.

Instead of fear (while eating), create a defensive and selfreliant thought,

and you

neutralize the acid condition

will

thereby created, and your constipation will disappear. Bless the food by smiling

Bless the Foot!

sciousness, as

of Good Health

you think how good

Eat and drink

Vital Prin cip Ic

may

soimd,

upon

it is,

to

your

it

health.

it

is

with your inner con-

and how^

satisfying.

However paradoxical good

nevertheless, the vital principle of

this

diges-

tion.

By

following the above rules for eating,

required;

more

less

food will be

from the food, more

nutrition will be obtained

strength and power for digestion, and there will be less ritating,

ir-

fermenting substance to evacuate from the alimentary

canal.

The mechanical manipulative treatment from

Mechanicul yiaiiipula tioiis

than

all

all

causes and conditions

more

often

other remedies combined.

Give a general spinal treatment (par. 230) the entire length

Spinal

of the back-bone, relaxing

all

the muscles.

Give treatments for expanding the chest and raising the

liaising the Ribs

ribs (pars. Friction

may

dorsal to the last lumbar, and, specifically, any point that

be contracted, will meet

Treatment

the eighth

277 and 228).

Friction baths (par. 316 or 317) will cure a large

Bath

of cases where there this

is

too

much

number

heat in the lower bowels

;

but

treatment applies to plethoric people rather than cold,

anemic

cases.

The

always be followed

friction bath should

by the general manipulative treatment. Warni-

Large, warm-water enemas, 100 degrees to 105 degrees F.,

^vater

under good pressure, taken about three times a week, with

Enema

the use of Siamene Antiseptic

when

Wash,

is

a

good treatment

the constipated condition has existed long

enough

to

produce a sallow skin, poor circulation of the blood, sleepless nights, neuralgic pains, etc.

The w^arm-water enema

requires a fountain syringe (page

244) with long tubing, eight to ten

feet

;

this

should be hung

DISEASKS

high

u[)t)n

tlie

:

Tlli:iR S\'.M I'lO.MS A.ND

The height

wall.

will

The

greater the pressure the

five

gallons of water shi^ukl he used.

l)etter

Place the patient up(^n the

Turn upon

;

rotate

From one

and

side,

fill

to

the colon.

The

Pm^ition of I'.-uicnt

and knead the ahdomen before evacuating

physical and breathing exercises for the liver

and bowels should not be neglected It

increase the pressure.

the results.

left

223

the hack; retain as long as possihle (from five to

ten minutes) the bowels.

TREATMEXT.

(par. 304).

often becomes necessary to resort to the use of drugs.

Invariably treat with tonics and remedies that

kill

germs.

Moiicni

All

physic remedies produce constipation.

Siamene Fruit Laxative

a tonic to the nerves of the

is

stomach, liver and bowels, and also a germicide.

It

has a

j.-^„n

j^.,xnthc

nnd xcrve Food

strong affinity for the coli-communis, the germ peculiar to the

alimentary canal. cold water on an

\\'hen taken in large quantities of fresh,

empty stomach,

in connection

ough application of Siamene Nerve Food it

It is

to the spinal centers,

most obstinate cases of constipa-

will never fail to cure the

tion.

with the thor-

only those remedies that act as a tonic to the

sensitive nerves of the alimentary canal

can be administered with good

fine

and germicides that

results.

PHILOSOPHY OF CONSTIPATION.

Too much

consideration can not be given the subject of

constipation, nor can too

much

be said of the importance of

having a clear understanding of the part constipation plays in the role of health.

There ject,

is

an underlying principle running through

which must be

clearly

this sub-

comprehended.

Constipation checks the fecal matter which should be excreted

from the alimentary

canal.

Consequently, noxious gases form and accumulate in large ciuantities in the intestinal tube,

direction

upon the walls of

lacteal vessels

producing pressure in every

the intestines, compressing the

(the food-absorbing vessels), impairing" their

rv„/er/W/i^ principle

224

AM EXE HOME TREATMENT.

SI

and thereby shutting

function,

ment

off the

supply of nutritive

to the blood.

This pressure from the gases also \\alls

ele-

from throwing

i)re\'ents the intestinal

waste material of the system.

off the

These noxious gases, being under high pressure, permeate the

and blood, and unite with

tissues

thereby increasing the further encumbering

fertility

tem into

all

system.

tlie

This waste material

waste material,

this

of this foreign substance, and

then carried by the circulatory sys-

is

parts of the body, thereby furnishing fruitful soil

for the propagation of foreign germs.

Taking

may

Treatment

THE INTESTINES.

Inflammation of the

Trcotuicui.

that

be the i)rime source of

DISEASE OF 360.

we may clearly see many diseases.

into consideration,

this

constipation

— Scc

stomach (par. 356). food and drinking

l)owels.

treatment

for

inflammation

of

the

Cleanse the canal by abstaining from lar^^c

quantities

amount of Siamene Fruit Laxative, spoonful to a quart.

of

water

with

Commence

liowels are thoroughly flushed.

water enema, four quarts.

tea-

the

with large, warm-

I'his treatment will applv to

the upper and lower bowel. cleansed, give a mixture,

one until

in proi)ortion of

Drink one pint e\ery hour

small

both

After the bowels are thoroughly

composed of one-fourth grain doses

of sulphate of berberine and a teaspoonful of Siamene Catarrh

Cure, in a wine-glass of water, or one teaspoonful of peroxide of hydrogen every three hours. teria

and tonic the bowels.

par. 313),

and change once

These remedies

kill

the bac-

-Vpply sweating comi)ress

(see

in four hours.

APPENDUTTIS. Symptoms

361. Syiuf^to]ns.

—Inflammation

eminently a disease attended with fossa of the right hip. fossa, but

draw

is

a line

of ])ain

The appendix

Aariable in position.

To

the

ap]:)endix

and tenderness lies

in

is

pre-

in the

the right hip

locate ap])roximatel_\".

from the highest point of the right hip-bone

to

DISKASKS: a

])(iint

]

I. lilt

arch,

oxer the

dircctl}'

from thence

to

midway and

SNM ITOMS AND

'r!li:iK

above the

from one is

to

it

two

toward the navel,

22^

takiiii;'

a

nsnally

is

sometimes radiates

in ditfer-

inches.

essentialK' a disease of adults.

forms,

— acute catarrhal

It

we

In this cha])ter

])resents

appendicitis, ulcera-

and

tive a])pendicitis. chronic recurring- a])])endicitis, ti\e api)entlicitis.

XT.

of the hiplxuie and the pnhic

line

round the appendix; howe\er,

itself in different

i:

arch, llicnce tn the na\i'l. and

i)iil)ic

l)et\\een tlie ixiint

Apiiendicitis

M

startinj^-point. t'orniini;" a triangle;

tlie

a little

ent directions,

l"KI".A T

will

])erfora-

refer [jrimarily to

the acute and recurrent appendicitis.

Causes.

—

.\cute a])pendicitis

may

be caused from exposure

cnuscs

tc cold and wet; from infectious processes due to constipation

and hard

favoring an extraordinary accumula-

fecal masses,

tion of l)acteria in that part;

from

form of bacteria

a peculiar

supposed to be from intluenza and from torpid and tired nerves controlling- the circulation of blood to this part.

Recurrent ap]iendicitis always

an acute attack

h.as

namely,

fecal

first.

mav

exist;

accunmlations or intlammator}- products

in the

following this one of two conditions,

or both

appendix, or an impaired condition of the ner\e centers that control

cause <-ne,

in

the

may

circulation be,

Wdiatever

thereto.

whether a (|uickly-acting

the attack itself

usuall}-

is

the

immediate

silentlv-working

(tr

sudden, and announces

itself

acute abdominal pain and tenderness in this region, some-

times by nausea and vomiting, leading, as

sometimes ot Colic.

it

may

to the navel region. It is

d he ])ain

It

has at hrst the character

soon observed to be associated

which iranifests

itself

'renderness and swelling,

as well as the sha])e of the ap])en(lix,

deep pressure over the a])pendix. that are

stipation

met with

in

may

be recognized bv

There are

in ap])endicitis.

and diminution

when caused. from

witli tenderness,

not necessaril}- o\er the pain, but o\'er

the seat of the pain, the ap])endix.

toms

sometimes mis-

is

be referred to the lower part of the abdomen,

still

(piantity of urine.

constipation,

mav

other sviu])-

— moderate

manifest

fe\-er,

con-

Appendicitis, itself l)v a

very

Recurrent AmjciuUcitia

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

226

slight i)ain occurrini^" for

weeks and even months before the

attention of the in(h\i(hial

is

Treatment.

Treatment

— In

all

specifically called to

it.

cases of appendicitis, the

remove

first

indica-

offending causes

they

tion in the treatment

is

are. primarily, in the

alimentary canal, or, secondarily, in th^

to

all

;

nerve centers controlling the circulation in the part affected; in

some

cases

th.is

order

First, give large,

reversed.

is

warm-water enemas, three

(page 244). high pressure, ten to twenty colon out thoroughly; following

this,

to five gallons

feet,

give an

washing the

enema of

three

or four quarts with Siamene Antisei>tic \\'ash, as used in-

This douche, followed by Antiseptic Wash, should

ternally.

be repeated every four to six hours, until the acute attack has subsided.

Give general spinal treatment to relieve

all

tension

nerve centers along the spine, and special attention to

and tender muscles

tracted

in the

all

of

con-

lower dorsal and lumbar

Turn

regions, freeing the circulation (par. 112).

the patient

on the back; give general and careful vibration over the appendix three to

is

five

Massage the

line.

low down

Pain

minutes, avoiding pain. colon,

commencing

at the

near the

a signal

and move upward

in the fossa of the right hip,

in a direct line to a point

is

upper end. which

across the abdomen,

ribs,

above the navel to a corresponding point on the opposite

and down the

The

to keep the

Give the tablets upon

The

Give Siamene Laxa-

upper bowels

retiring,

in a

good condition.

food has digested.

after the

diet should be restricted to light, nutritious, predigested

foods, fecal

and be confined there

and soreness have subsided.

Lozenges

side,

fossa.

patient should be put to bed

until the pain tive

left

sparing in quantity, thus avoiding accumulations of

matter in the bowels.

If the case

is

of a chronic re-

current nature, apply Siamene Rheumatic Oil over the ap-

pendix every day for two or three weeks. If this treatment is persevered in.

avoided and

manv

lives

sa\'ed.

many

operations will be

symptoms axd treatment.

diseases: their

227

hemorrhoids. 362.

lleinorrhoids (piles),

—a

varicose or enlarged condi-

tion of the veins of the walls of the rectum, blind or bleeding, internal or external.

Diagnosis

—

It

is

recognizeil

mucous and bloody discharges and Treatment.

— Give

the

l)y

general spinal treatment (par. 230) to

organs that

all

from the eighth dorsal

lumbar and

to the fifth

may

be in-

all

the sacral

Give treatment to the rectum internally (par. 236)

the rectum

fingers well

is

Trtntment

the contracted muscles

volved, giving special attention to

nerves.

oLis^noi^iii

the presence of tumors.

free the circulation to all the internal

it

irritation,

itching-,

;

very sensitive, cleanse the hands, anoint the

\\\\.\\

carbolized vaseline, with four per cent of

Introduce one

cocaine, before giving the internal treatment.

Siamene Rectal Suppository each ^\arm- water enema.

If there is

Siamene Friction Bath

(par.

night, previously taking a

much

heat and pain, take

316 or 317)

the time for

let

;

taking the bath vary from one to four hours, according to the case.

bladder.

— inflammation of bladder. Syiuptonis. — Pain above and behind the pubic

363. Cystitis,

the

ing sensation of the neighboring parts

with a

chill

;

;

usually

arch, burn-

commences

frec^uent desire to urinate.

Treatment.

— Copious

drinks of mucilaginous w^ater, such

as slippery elm, flax-seed, or

Diuretic Mixture.

marsh-mallow

tea.

Fruit Laxative to open the bowels.

comes chronic,

all

the lum-

Give Siamene

If the

inflammation be-

inject into the bladder daily

Siamene Catarrh

Cure, mixed with warm, soft water.

For the

latter,

attach

a soft rubber catheter to a fountain syringe, introducing the

catheter into the bladder.

have fDund nothing so

the bladder.

Jn thirty years of active experience, eft'ective in

Treatment

Give Siamene

Treat the lower dorsals, and

bar and sacral nerves to free the circulation.

I

symptoms

curing inflammation of

chronic

cystitis

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

228

KIDNEYS. 364.

Xephritis.

—

of the kidneys, acute and

inflaniniation

chronic.

— Dcep-scated

Sxiiiptoms.

Symptoms

over kichieys.

pain

aggravated

bv motion, pressure or jar; urine scanty, highly colored or

mixed with blood or mucus; sometimes nausea and vomiting. form, fever

If in the acute

Treatment

Trcatiucut.

— Givc

is

present.

Siauicue ]\Iedicated Sweat Bath

(par.

307 or 309) once every other day, followed by general spinal treatment (par. -230). giving special attention to the lumbar

Keep

nerves. (live

Siamene Fruit Laxative,

the bowels loose with

Siamene Diuretic ^Mixture. URIC ACID.

365.

From

mal-assimilation.

non-aeration,

carbonace(JUS,

food or malted liquors, uric acid accumulates in the blood and kidnevs, where

gives rise to the most excruciating pain

it

stiffening of the muscles of the loins, small of the back,

i'.nd

joints, lor'i- muscles, irritating all the urinary, I'eneratix'e, org-ans

;

and sometimes

sometimes the eves and mouth, and

c\'en

the stomach and alimentary canal, to the extent of inilammation,

Treatment

pnxlucing rheumatic pains.

Treatment.

change of

— Remove

diet

;

fermented liquors of the entire

all

and

causes,

adopt

radical

a

abstain from carbonaceous foods, malted and all

descriptions

;

free the circulation of

body by giving general treatment (Chapter X),

squeezing, pinching, rolling, and pulling gentlv. firmly

and deeply, observing

all

the long muscles

specitically the contracted

and tender spots from the sixth dorsal

to the fifth

lumbar.

Give Siamene Fruit Laxative night and morning, with copious drinks of soft

or distilled

abundant uric acid crystals

water

in the

;

to

neutralize

the

super-

body, give Siamene Diuretic

Mixture.

DIABETES. 366.

Causes.

— Sugar

in the urine, a

nervous disease

affect-

ing the base of the brain, reflecting upon the liver and kidneys.

I)1Si:asi-:s

This disease

is

essentiallv a conditiiin

It is

When

k;pse.

damaged and is

2J9

ariahly associated with a neuritic state, in

iii\

ner\e-tire, (tverwork or

which

ikk atm lixr.

snmitoms and

tiii:iu

:

dI"

worry play an iinpurtant l)rain

a ci)-(irdinatin_^- chemical center in

the liver

is

i)art.

wreckage and nerve

col-

l)rain is

tlie

therehy overstimulated. grape sugar

elaborated in siii)eral)tmdant (piantities.

This affected brain center liing.

impairing

torming power

tlie

meantime controls

the

tmiction, and, in consecpience, the ozone-

its

of

this

organ

abiuKkuit (piantity of sugar

is

is

This

impaired.

snper-

not oxygenized or burned

(piantity of this agent in the blood

hence the abnormal

This gives fruitful

tissues of the body.

tion of the fungi which

Diagnosis.

in

— The

is

for the ])ropaga-

soil

characteristic of the disease.

diagnosis rests chiefly u])on the follow-

ing symptoms: (loneness.

ninf/nosis

a peculiar nerve exhaustion, excess-

ive appetite for food

and drink, sweetish odor

constipation,

graxity of urine hea\)'.

specific

u]).

and

to the breath, Its

or

fungi

bacteria are capable of culture, and will inoculate other ani-

mals,

when

injected into the blood, and ])roduce the disease.

Treat inoit. circulation

—

and

treatment daily to

spinal

Cieneral

liberate the tension

strict dietetic measiu'es,

sweets and starches

;

from

abstaining from

mental

free

saccharine foods,

all

abstinence from

rest, positive

the

the spinal centers;

all

all

worry and mental labor; outdoor exercise and manual labor; l)actericides that destroy the fimgi only are benehcial

disease

;

give Siamene Diabetic Cure.

Take Siamene physical and mental and

z'j'^

in this

)

culture

to increase the breathing capacity

274 and promote the (

pars. zy^^.

elimination of sugar in the blood.

KIIEI'MATIS.M 367.

serous

Rheumatism and gout

membranes of

brane of muscular

AND

COl'T.

are essentially diseases of the

the body, the fascia

(

the co\-ering

fibers), the i)eriosteum

(

the covering

memmem-

brane of the b;Mies), the pericardium (the covering membrane of the heart), with other

membranes and

the joints.

They

Trjntmcnt

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

230

upon the presence

are dependent

form of

in the blood, of a

poisonous material, a micro-organism, which, under great and

from the fermentation

persistent cerebral depression, evolves

and mal-assimilated

mal-digested

of

starchy and saccharine elements. a peculiar affinity for the fibrous

foods,

from

perhaps

This micro-organism has

and serous

tissues of the body.

These diseases are divided into acute and chronic forms. Diaguosis.

Diagnosis

—Their

recognition

is

Gout

easy.

periosteum of the extremities, the fingers and

toes,

affects the

and rheuma-

tism the serous coverings of the muscles, joints and heart.

There

is

and an acid condition

a profound nerve depression

of the blood, with the urine literally loaded with uric acid

The

crystals.

or

bacillus

germ can be

detected in

all

the

excretions from the body.

In acute cases, there

form

both acute and dull pain of a severe

is

in the affected parts, heat

and swelling, elevation of the

temperature of the body, profound nervous depression, conscanty and highly-colored urine, loss of appetite,

stipation,

There

etc.

visible in the field of the

is

cylindrical rods,

and united

rounded

two or more

in chains of

microscope minute

at their extremities, usually straight,

seen reproducing by fusion, and, like

They

articulations. all

are

other disease germs,

excrete ptomaine poisons.

Rheumatism

— Raise

Treatment.

Acute

mcaus

possible, so as to prevent fermentation

this, first

remove the pressure from and

central

(Chapter

X)

;

general,

to relax all

by

all

giving

by

e\"ery

and germ evolu-

To

and completely annihilate the germ.

tion; sterilize

both

the degree of the vital force

effect

of the ner\-e centers,

treatment

general

muscular tension bearing upon the

nerve centers, giving special attention to the centers governing the heart, liver 2,

and kidneys, give Siamene Sweat No.

preferably No.

i,

when

practical.

i

or No.

These sweats should be

given every other day. for they open one of the main avenues of excretion of ptomaine poison and stimulate

organs to renewed action. large

quantities

all

the internal

Give Siamene Fruit Laxative in

of water e\'ery

hour

until

the

alimentary

diseases: their canal

symptoms and treatment.

ihon.ut^iily cleansed.

is

Fruit Laxative once a day

in

large ([nantities of water, one

hour before the morning meal,

Germ

give the Sianiene

this

.\l'ter

231

(live

Siamene ivhenmalic

and eradicate from the system the Apply externally to the affected parts Siamene

Killer to destroy

bacillus.

fain Liniment.

For chronic enlarged and

Siamene Sweats it

is

indicated,

rheumatism, where the joints are

articular

give general spinal treatment (par. 230),

stiff,

(par. 307),

and apply

Siamene Fruit Laxative, where

to the aft'ected joints

ciuonic

ArtuaLir f<'"-'"'"»tisn,

Siamene Rheu-

matic Oil once in twehe hours.

Gout

treated in the

is

from

Strictly abstain

same general way as rheumatism.

all

saccharine and starchy foods, to-

Use Siamene Use small quantities.

gether with malt liquors of every description.

Unleavened Bread,

fruits

and meat

olive oil as a substitute for butter,

in

and

especially avoid milk

and cheese.

female generative organs 368. Sxinptoms.

— Leucorrhea

or

chronic inflammation of the lining walls and uterus,

—leucorrhea. An

whites.

membrane

if

chronic,

general

las-

constipation, loss of energy, pains in the back,

and

a general "grunty"

Treatment. other day

;

this

;

feeling.

—Give

general treatment

(Chapter

lumbar and sacral region, giving

special

tion to anv localized tender or contracted muscle

Movement over the loins,

X)

every

on the alternating day, specific manipulative treat-

to the

the back, radiating

and over the abdomen

from the

;

si)ines

atten-

Siamene around

in the groins above the

pubes; Siamene Medicated Sweat Bath three times a week, to stimulate the

mene

symptoms

attended with burning pain and itching;

sometimes blood and mucus accompany

ment

or

of the vaginal

profuse muco-purulent or milky-white discharge;

situde,

acute

vasomotor nerves of the entire body; Sia-

L'terine Sup])ositories every night before retiring,

fol-

lowed bv a douche of Siamene Lterine Tablet everv morning.

Treatment

SIAMKXH IIOMK TREATMENT.

232 the case

If

chronic and nljstinatc. lake SianiL-ne I'riclion

is

four to six times a day.

(par. 317)

Batli

Di s r L A c

369.

1-:

M ]: n t

e

l-

t e k l' s

wonil) falling forward or backward),

(

.

or

anteversion

(falling),

I'rolapsus

< )

retrox'ersion

lateral \ersion

forms of

falling to right or left), constitute the different

placement of the Causes.

— The

w(jmb

(

dis-

womb. most

fre(|uent

are

general

weak

debility,

heart, ])oor circulation,

impoverished blood, an excess of labor,

too constantly on the

feet,

dulgence

in

sexual

straining in lifting, excessi\'e in-

injiu'ies

act,

back,

the

ttj

blows,

falls,

strains, etc. Svinf^loiiis.

Symptoms

disordered

— Weight

and dragging sensation

menstruation,

of

retention

in the loins,

constipation,

urine,

leucorrhea, painful menstruation, ])rolapsus or falling of the

vagina. Trcaiuicnt.

Trcntmcnt

circulation

eral

On

— Change the l)y

frame of mind, improxe the gen-

general treatment once every other day.

the alternating day give general

special

attention to

sjiinal

the uterine centers

all

(

treatment,

with

117).

Re-

])ar.

place the uterus by standing on the head and ha\ing an at-

tendant

])etrassage

uterus

the

tln-ough

the

wall

al)dominal

The

above the pubic arch every night before retiring.

])atient

can anoint the finger with SianuMie \erve Food, and introduce a

int(i

it

full

the vagina,

drawing

sweep, straightening out

it

around on

the

such a manner as to stimulate them;

have an attendant do culation nerves,

and the

and

titertis,

Follow

sides with

of the ^agina

in

ma}' be ad\isable to ca])illary cir-

gixing tone to

all

the

preparing the absorbents to take up

l)ettcr

the tonic and food pro])erties of the positories.

it

This increases the

this.

of the vagina

folds

all

this

b\-

the

Siamene

introdnctimi

I terine

of a

.Sup-

vSiamene

Uterine Stippository well up against the uterus; remain in a

recumbent position

all

night;

u])on

rising,

take a

large

1)1si:asi:s

snm

riii:iR

:

(louche of tepid or cold water,

Take Siainene

I'rictioii

Take abundant feet, if

it

iisins^-

Cjc'slatiini.

— When

there

Tablets.

not on the

is

become fatigued.

lony^ to

Siamene Laxatixe Lozenges

immediately after rising; Sia-

Tonic three times

I'terine

j^^^

i:.\'1'.

to six times a da}'.

that the ])atient

it

bruit Laxative or

large (|uantities of water

iiiene

im

rRi-:.\

Sianieiie I'terine

from tour

rest; see to

can be axoided. sufficiently

Take Siamene in

Uatli

ro.MS a.\i>

i'

a day.

hardening

congestion,

local

is

and enlargement of the Ixxly of the uterus,

ccstntian

in addition to the

foregoing treatment, apply sweating compress (par. 313) at night-time in the excellent to

six to eight

last

;i])ph'

weeks of gestation.

it

is

the sweating compress without the gauze

or paper, that there ma)- be a free radiation of the local heat,

thereby gi\-ing tone to

all

of the uterine and adjacent tissues,

and better ])reparing the mother mination of

period.

this

for

an

eas}-

and

health)' ter-

For the treatment of labor

see

118.

par.

METRITES. 370.

Metritis,

— inflammation

membrane and

of the lining

neck of the womb. Causes.

— Cold,

rheumatism,

suppression

of

menses,

re-

c:iuses

tention of placental debris, injuries of \arious kinds, gonorrhea,

abnormal mating and sexual

Syiiif^loiiis.

down

— Pain

in

intercoiu'se.

the back, darting to the pubes and

the thighs, frecpient chills, jiulse ([uick, feeble or slow,

breast tender and painful. ])ain in the sacral region

bowels

act,

when

the

nausea and \-omiting.

I'rcalnicjil.

—

b'ree the circulation.

remo\e

all

ner\-ous pres-

sure by general s])inal treatment. gi\ing special attentii-n to the

lumbar and

sacral

nerves,

ment over the lumbar nerves, the inner side of the thighs. I

])ar.

symi>t,>m.<

317)

injection of

followed by Siamene Mo\eloins,

Siamene at

hij)s,

down

Take Siamene Friction

liath

and

rectal

four to six times a day.

water to be used

sacrum and (live \aginal

I'terine Tablets, three to four (|uarts of

one time, once

in

fotn^

hours.

As soon

Treatment

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

234

and

as the acute stag-e has passed,

becomes

it

clironic,

use

Siamene Uterine Suppositories every night. MASTITIS. 371. Mastitis,

—inflamed

or enlarged breasts.

Acute

in-

flammation of the breasts of mothers often occurs in the four or five days after the infant

first

early period of lactation,

and troublesome

ment

and

is

born, during the

is

sometimes exceeding painful

The following

to rid one's self of.

treat-

will never fail to relieve this affection if properly ap-

plied, the

time varying in different cases from several hours

to several days.

Symptoms

SyiJiptoiiis.

ful

Treatment

—

It is first

recognized by swelling, heat, pain-

lumps or enlarged glands. Trcatiiiciit.

on the

— Frcc

which

side

is

the circulation of affected;

the dorsal nerves

all

expand the chest

(par.

after relaxing all contracted muscles along the spine

and the patient

panding the

chest,

the breasts

cleanse the hands with

;

anoint with Siamene Nerve fingers

warm

Food and

;

and ex-

on the back, bare

still

is

227)

water and soap,

take the breast in the

and thumb, gently manipulating and squeezing with a

very gentle, sensitive touch, in the meantime having the patient's eyes closed,

the

all

the muscles of the

mind concentrated on

relief,

body relaxed, and

while the operator drops out

of the active state and throws his mind into that of love of healing (pars. 158 and 253), the

mind of

the patient

condition, success

is

when

there will be a unison of

and operator.

Treatment given

in this

sure to be attained.

AMENORRHEA. 372.

An

absence of the menses.

They never may have

appeared, owing to congenital mal-formation or debility; there

may

be constitutional defects or they be

th.ey

may have

masked or vicarious;

appeared and become suppressed by cold, shock,

poverty of nerve-force or uterine or ovarian disease.

They

SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT.

DISEASKS: THEIR

235

be irregular, coniino- too far apart, or from the nose,

may

mouth, lungs, stomach, or any other Trcat))iciit.

— In

i)art

of the body.

cases where menstruation

all

is

irregular,

Treatment

remove the pressure from the nerve centers that cause the

first

Give general spinal treatment once every other

disturbance.

special attention to the heart centers

day (par. 230), giving (par. 94)

;

also give special attention to

live

the ovarian (par.

Vibrate over the uterus

119) and uterine centers (par. 117).

and ovaries

all

Siamene Tub Sweat (par. 310), omitting the cold retiring as in

Siamene Sweat Bath No. 2

commencing from

night,

two or three months.

or ovarian trouble,

treat

Have

and

Take Siamene Uterine Tonic

three times a day for

in the

site,

(par. 309), every

three to five days before the time

menstruation should appear.

down

Give

minutes after each spinal treatment.

If there

is

uterine

according to the rules laid

that

paragraphs on that subject.

the patient take light exercise; avoid such exercise

as long walks, lifting, running, dancing, etc.

Take nourish-

ing food.

MENORRHAGIA. 373. ]^Ienorrhagia.

tween the ages of

—

excessive menstruation.

fifteen

and

forty-five,

struate once in twenty-eight days; that

Women

be-

on an average, menis,

guineous (bloody) flow from the uterus.

Regular ^lenstruation

they have a san-

To

be normal,

it

should take place without pain, and should not exceed six

ounces

in cjuantity; if

Treatment.

—Rest

more than is

giving spinal treatment.

this,

of muscles, and a tired feeling

all

treatment (Chapter X), relaxing special attention to the entire

called menorrhagia.

Free the circulation by

essential.

If there

it is

is

soreness and contraction

over the body, give general all

the long muscles, giving

lumbar region.

Give Siamene

Uterine Tonic to tone up the nerves of the uterus and ovaries if it is

cles

associated with leucorrhea (whites), and relaxed

mus-

of the uterus and vagina (prolapsus), and a feeling of

general lassitude,

use

Siamene Uterine Suppositories every

Treatment

SIAMKXK

236

Sianicnc Medicated Sweat

("live

iiis4iit.

TRKAT.M KXT.

IIO.MK

307 or

(par.

Iiaths

309) once a week, except at menstruation peril xl. It there are l)earing-down pains about the uterus and ovaries, pains in

give Siamene

Bath (par. 317) three or four times

I""riction

For too

daily.

small of the back, leucorrhea and heat,

tlie

fre(|uent

menstruation.

the

_gi\e

])receding

treatment.

DV.SMEXORRIIEA. 374.

Trcntmcijt

may

1) ysmeuorrlica,

— painful

The

menstruation.

be scanty, profuse or in ordinary

flow

but always

(|uantit\',

excessive pain and general disorder.

Treatment.

— First

give general spinal treatment, relax

the muscles of the lumbar region, which you

contracted and hard.

find

This

will

relax

and give immediate

fibers of the uterus

the

relief.

all

inxariably

will

circulator)-

After treat-

ment, introduce well up against the neck of the uterus a Sia-

suppository will keep

After the

uterus.

Sweat Bath twice

\.\\)

Row

the relief and tonic the nerves of the

has ceased,

a week.

gi\'e

Siamene Medicated

Use Siamene Uterine Supposito-

night \\\Mm retiring.

ries ever}'

ment

The

Uterine Suppository, go to bed and keep warm.

n^'ene

Gix'e local

to lunibar region once a day.

Petrassage treat-

If there is a general de-

give Siamene Uterine Tonic three times daily.

bility,

the treatment with

full

faith,

a.nd

])i)siti\'e

Pursue

relief will

be ob-

tained.

MENOPAl'SE, OR CHANGE OF LIFE. 375. life

I')V

when

this

term

is

understood that period

strual

The menopause includes woman's life. It may be very

and abrupt, or ma}- extend o\er

e\en into xears.

mencing

in

a long ])erio(l of time.

This period extends from the time of com-

irregularit)'

flow.

going on

woman's

she stops menstruating.

a varying period of time in a brief

in a

During

to

the constitution

creates the chain of

men-

the comjjlete cessation of the

this period

symptoms

there

of the

is

a

constant change

woman.

This change

peculiar to the indix'idual

;

con-

diseases: TUKIR sequentlv different

SYMPTOMS AND TRKATMKXT.

symptoms

are produced in different

_\^7

women.

These symptoms include manifestations of peculiar and \aried nervous svmptnms. vertigo, faintness. llushes. cold hands and feet,

change of temperament, digestive symptoms, gastric

mentive dvspepsia,

diarrhea,

constipation,

fer-

syn-

palpitation,

sudden, severe, and often offensive sweatings, loss of

cope,

memory,

melancholy, hysteria, develop-

irritable temper, fear,

the chin and face, flaccidity of breasts, in-

ment oi hair on

crease of fat on the abdomen, a sallmv. plethoric state, leucorrhea, etc.

must be remembered

It

found

to be

that

all

of these

symptoms

are not

in every case, for, as previously stated, the

toms are governed by the temperament of the

symp-

no two

patient,

having the same temperament. Treatment.

— The

treatment,

the indications present.

There is

more

tliat

is

"As

mind

the

no mental or physical

general,

in

suffer

during

begin to think otherwise. of this volume, to

whom

I

so

governed by the body."

is

axiom

disturbance that this

applicable to than this disease.

women must

is,

is

this

It is

an inbred thought

At

period.

this

point

Avould suggest that the readers

this subject is applicable,

change the

order of things, by thinking and continuously repeating the

thought that they will pass through cal disturbances.

built

by things."

stitution a

this

change without physi-

"If thoughts are things, and let

if

the

us w^eave into the fabric of our

body

own

good and healthy thought, and we are sure

is

con-

to build

cells likewise.

By a continuous line of ume of healthy cells and

healthy thoughts,

So.

results. in life

if

the

woman

in

build a vol-

for

healthy acts.

harmony

create healthy

desire

create a

Healthy thoughts and acts that are

we

enters the approach of this period

with healthy thoughts and corresponding healthy

acts,

she will likewise pass through the "climacteric" period with-

Embodied in the chap"Temperaments and Manipula-

out physical or mental disturbance. ters

on "Mental ^Medicine."

tions, "' "Hydrotherap}'."" 16

and "Relation of jMental and Physi-

Treatment

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

238

Culture." are found the thoughts from which the healthy

Cell

acts

must spring. In addition to the above, the patient should have a peace-

mind, take a great deal of fresh

ful

mental and physical

all

mental diversion, and

Give direct manipulations to the

rest.

sympathetic centers to keep the circulation equalized

spinal to

air,

parts of the bod v.

(See '/General Treatment." Chapter

X.)

Siamene

]Medicale(l

once a week.

If there

Sweat Baths should be given

at least

any disturbance of the digestive or

is

circulatory systems, with an unecjualized heat over the surface

of the body, they should be taken two or three times a week.

Siamene Uterine Tonic should be taken w^hen there

mene is

is

Friction Bath should be taken three times a day

ovarian and uterine congestion, attended by

weak-

The

ness of any character in the ovaries and uterus.

if

piles,

Sia-

there

consti-

pation or an abnormal heat about the lower portion of the bowels.

OVARITIS. 376. Ovaritis.

Causes.

some

—inflammation of the

— Cold,

strains,

blows and

ovaries.

but usually from

falls,

uterine irritation, as absorption of local products

and

the approach of other deadly microbes through the vaginal,

uterine Treatment

and fallopian

Treatment.

—Rest

canals. in

a recumbent position, free the

culation by giving general spinal treatment

ment

to all the

the ovaries

lumbar and lower

dorsals.

;

cir-

local spinal treat-

Apply

Siamene Rheumatic Oil once

in

locally over

twelve hours.

This will penetrate the skin and muscles, bringing away, in tufn, the inflammatory products.

Use from one

to five gal-

lons of hot water, as vaginal douche (page 197), once a day,

followed by two quarts of Tablets.

If

there

is

warm

water with Siamene Uterine

pain of a cramping nature,

Siamene Uterine Suppositories well up side next to the affected ovary.

introduce

into the A-agina.

If the case

is

on the

obstinate and

protracted, take Siamene Friction Bath (par. 317).

symttoms and tkkat.mkxt.

diseases: their

239

goxorriika. 377. Gonorrhea.

—

a specific inflammation of the nuicons

germ in

is

female.

The

They are found in abundance mucous surfaces of the generative

called the gono-coccns.

the discharge of the

organs.

male and

organs,

surfaces of the generative

A

few females and many males are

with this

afflicted

disease.

This germ produces serious conditions of the body that

become chronic, obstinate and very

— such

difficult to cure,

as

Eui-cts

of

oonorrUai

chronic joint disease, rheumatism, neuralgia, general anemia

and breaking down of the constitution, demoralizing the suf-

and morally, unfitting him

ferer mentally

Symptoiiis.

—Varying

after exposure,

two

to

five

there

for society.

from a few hours

to

a few days

a muco-purulent discharge,

is

days there

is

and

sytnptamH

in

pain and inflammation, the dis-

charge increases in quantity, becomes thicker and darker in color,

and pain increases

;

sometimes urination

attended by

is

excruciating pain. If left alone,

The discharge

it

runs into the chronic form, called gleet.

lessens in cjuantity, pain subsides, except along

the tract of the urethra of the male and vagina in the female,

where glairy

inflamed

spots

The discharge

exist.

and muco-purulent, and passes

an hour to once Treatment.

will

become

from once

off in drops

in several days.

— .\cute form — commence by washing the ure-

thra out thoroughly witli Siamene Gonorrhea Specific, using a fountain syringe or douche, suspended four or five feet high

(good pressure), twice Friction Baths cleanse

the

daily, followed

316 and 317).

roll,

After this treatment,

(penis)

the

pinch and pull (if a male) the male organ

way back

to the prostate gland, to excite

increased flow of blood to the treat the internal walls of the

and giving

by prolonged Siamene

hands thoroughly, anoint with Siamene Nerve

Food, and all

(pars.

a free

mucous

vagina

1)y

surfaces;

if

an

a female,

introducing the finger

sweep around the entire surface

sufficiently

Treattncnt

SIAMEXE HOME TKEATMEXT.

240

bard to press out See to

surfaces.

all

contracted muscles along- the lum-

the circulation

everv germ

in

may

vagina and bladder

the urethra,

in

this treatment

Fear not the results;

perfect.

be

eradicate

will

the tract.

The treatment

of gleet

is

Scarlet fever

same

the

ERUPTIVE FEVERS 378.

that

sacral region are kei)t in a relaxed condition,

bar and

Gleet

that

it

and stimulate the entire mucous

folds

all

as the acute form.

SCARLET FEVER.

an eruptive, microbian disease

is

;

has a

period of incubation of from four to eight days, in which the

germ sprouts; two days of

fever, in

evolution, with ptomaine excretions

;

which there

is

active

three days of rash, in

wdiich the microbe seeks the skin or cutaneous surface for free

oxygen, and localizes

itself in

rise to the peeling of the skin.

period, the

germ

contagious, and

wind, clothes,

S

Symptoms

ture,

\'iii

is alive,

{^fo iiis.

tongue

may

letters

little

scales of cuticle are highly

be carried from place to place by the

and various other ways.

— General

lassitude, slight elevation of tempera-

(strawberry

red

which gives

In this peculiar desquamative

but dormant, awaiting fresh pasture

These

feed upon.

fields to

nests or colonies,

glands

appearance),

of

the

mouth and throat congested and heavily laden with germs, skin hot and dry eruption usually commences in the mouth, ;

en the forehead, fore

])arts

of the arms, upper chest, gradually

spreading over the entire surface of the body

;

face velvety,

temperature increases and throat becomes sore. Treatment

Trcaiiucnt.

— Keep

the

patient

bed

in

until

the

febrile

period has passed, the des(|uamative (peeling of skin) period

completed, soreness of throat disappeared, the bowels regulated

and the urinary organs acting

the patient safe.

so

much

well.

The danger occurring

Not

until this is

in scarlet fever is

not

in the active stage of the disease as in the convalescent

stage; for the disease has a peculiar effect of the skin, weakening

upon the vasomotors

them and leaving the surface of the

bodv exposed, conse(|ucntly congesting the

internal

organs.

DISKASKS

:

Tlli:iK SN'.M

I'

.\n exp»isnrc of the surface of

of

to produce a depression

coma and

uremia,

During patient

llic

the

Itndy at this peril

hahle

tlie

be anointed once a day with a light ap])lication

Give plenty of cold water or lemon-

wash

tervals, as a sprav or

and

for the nose

the

circulation

organs free from congestion.

Treat

tln"oat.

ecjualized

in-

fretinent

at

(general spinal treatment,

the spinal centers

once a day to keep

light

is

pro(hicing

the height of fever and desf|namation i)criod.

slioiild

Use Siamene Catarrh Cure, repeated

ade.

id

centers.

ki
24 I

i:.\T.

death.

of Siamene Nerve Food.

all

lOMS AND TKKATM

230)

par.

and

internal

Eat sparingly, taking only

and easily-digested food. MEASLES.

by contagion and

379. This microbian disease originates

microbe or germ of contagion

Tliis

infection.

from the skin and lungs

given off

is

to paper, books, clothes, etc.

;

hence

is

spread from one to another. Diagnosis. teen days fever,

;

—

Its

period of incubation

languor, lassitude,

debility,

followed by an eruption

all

is

from seven

hacking

to four-

cough

/j,Vig-„os/s

and

over the body, sneezing,

coated tongue with a white fur and headache, symptoms be-

coming more aggravated up Treatment.

bed

in a

—

warm,

In

all

to the climax of the fever.

cases

the ])atient

should be kept

urated with some volatilized disinfectant, of eucalyptus, thymol or creoline.

acid,

oil

well

ventilated.

Avarm or

cold,

such

as

Keep

carbolic

the

room

Give plenty of drinks, such as lemonade, as the patient

likes.

Bathe the body three

times daily with a weak solution of Siamene Antiseptic it

in

semi-dark room, with the atmosphere kept sat-

Wash,

being one of the best bactericides, which has a peculiar de-

structive tendency to this micro-organism.

general spinal treatment in all internal

organs

free.

(

|)ar.

Twice

a

day give

230), keeping the circulation

This will protect the lungs, bowels

and other internal organs, from congestion and inflammation.

Trentment

SIAMENE HOME TREATMEXT.

242

When

fe\er has subsided

llic

bathe the l^ody

sponge

off

using Siamene Soap freely; then

over,

all

and the skin desquamated,

with a weak solution of Siamene Antiseptic Wash,

followed by anointing the entire surface with Siamene Nerve

Food.

TYPHOID FEVER. 380. fe\er,

'J'yphoid fever,

—

form of enteric (bowel)

a peculiar

which prevails endemically or epidemically among those

whose nervous system

is

shattered

;

caused by the presence

of the bacillus.

Diaguosis.

Dm^nosis

—

It

recognized by intestinal

is

disturbances,

white, pallid skin, sharp features, deafness, bleeding

from the

nose, a bufif-leather coated tongue, sometimes being variable,

gums and

patchy elevated pimples, sores and scales on the lips,

chilly sensations,

fever,

frecjuent,

wiry

pulse,

high tem-

diarrhea, bloody stools, a slight, papular eruption

perature,

over the skin, presence of the germ.

The germs breath,

are found in the blood, on the gums, in the

in the lungs,

their formation

urine and bowels in large cjuantities;

depends upon the strength of the

vital forces

of the patient. It

is

germ

in

chieflv

during the growth and multiplication of the

the intestines that the ptomaines are excreted

that powerful toxic alkaloid, typho-toxine,

The germ air,

food,

is

is

water,

milk,

and

seats.

germ-stricken should always be destroyed by in the earth, sewers, drains

TrcRtmvnt

Treatment.

formed.

communicated by contagion and

clothing,

—Recum])ent

and

infection,

by

Stools of the fire,

as they live

and water. posture; two rooms,

if

possible,

moved on casters without diseach room disinfected alternately with

so arranged that the bed can be

turbing the patient,

burning sulphur;

if

the patient

same room, wear the same bed

is

suffered to remain in the

linen,

he

is

at all times suffer-

ing reinoculation from the microbes on the walls, floor and clothing; thrice daily sponge or bathe entire

body with

Sia-

diseases:

SYMPTOMS AND TREATMEXT.

Tlll.IK

Wash

niene Antisci)lic

or wann.

strained lemon

243

and

juice

water.

The germ

is

sterilized

and completely annihilated by Sia-

All clothing should be exposed to a

niene Bacteria Killer.

solution of chloride of lime, carbolic acid, creoline, iodol or

naphthalene to destroy the germs.

The room should

be well ventilated and kept disinfected

by using any of the above in the solution

The in

bactericides,

and suspended

patient should have his lips,

weak

a

of

solution

Siamene Bacteria Killer or boro-

The body should be

glyceride.

by having cloths dipped

room without wTinging. gums, mouth and face bathed

in the

frequently bathed with cold

water and bicarbonate of soda, a

level teaspoonful to a

quart

of water.

Give spinal treatment (par. 230) once a day. after having given a

warm

soda-water sponge bath

;

then give large, tepid

or cold enemas, with a teaspoonful of Siamene Bacteria Killer to a quart of w^ater, thrice daily.

To

give Siamene Cold Bath (par. 31T).

upon

to

produce good results

If the patient

in a

is

reduce the temperature,

This bath can be relied

in cases of fever.

low condition, and the fever

is

high,

he should invariably keep recumbent position, never being

lowed to exert himself by getting up. solid foods

best

must be

forbidden; beef tea

strictly

al-

Diet should be sparing; is

one of the

diets.

ECZEMA. 381.

Eczema

is

a pustular disease of the skin, with intense

itching and exudation. tetter,

When

a disease exceedingly

disease,

having a germ that

Treatment.

— Free

eral spinal treatment

affecting the hand,

difficult to cure. is

common

It is

it

is

called

a microbian

to the affection.

the circulation of the entire

Treatment

body by gen-

(par. 230), with special attention given

to the nerve centers that control the part affected.

Open

the

sewerage system, the bowels, by Siamene Fruit Laxative or

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

244

Sianiene Laxative Lozenges, the skin by Siamene Medicated

Sweat Bath No.

After the bath, wash the entire

every day.

i,

body with Siamene Soap.

This stimulates

organs to renewed action.

Bathe the parts of the skin af-

fected,

with Siamene Soap daily

Soft

the internal

apply old linen cloths or

;

Siamene Antiseptic Wash, and

surgical linen, saturated with

Eczema

all

keep the linen wet. 382. In cascs of soft eczema, with profuse discharge face,

hands, scalp or other

change three times constitution

times daily.

is

i^arts

of the body, apply linen, and

keeping the linen saturated.

daily,

on the

If the

run down, give Siamene Bacteria Killer three

The Wash

wall destroy the

eczema germ

;

the

wSiamene Bacteria Killer will tone up the system and destroy the p-erms in the alimentarv canal and blood.

THE ENEMA The simple enema

is

SIMPLE ENEMA.

a

quantity

small

of

water,

or without soap, introduced into the colon to evacuate tents.

Simple enemas are used

in

with flatulency, torpid

with con-

ordinary cases, one or two

In more severe cases, two or

quarts of water being suf^cient. three quarts are needed.

its

In chronic constipation, attended

liver,

sallow skin, and general debility,

large (|uantities, one- to three gallons, are used.

GRADUATED ENEMA. The graduated enema

consists of a large quantity of water,

reducing the quantity a small amount each succeeding enema, until a half i)int or less is used: also

a degree each succeeding"

enema

The temperature should be about 98 begin with.

This

is

to be used

reducing the temperature

until

60 degrees are reached.

degrees, or blood heat, to

where the patient has acquired

the habit of using large quantities of

weakenino- the bowels.

warm

water, thereby

diseases:

The water

SVMl'TOMS AND TREATMENT.

TllF.lR

intrcKliiced l)y the aid of

is

an ordinary syrinu^e;

cr. if large quantities are used, prepare a fountain, as

nn paj^e

(See douche.)

197.

The temperature must !•?

_'45

to be employed.

If

it

be adapted to the use for which is

collapsed and

If

it is

weak

rc//,pir.-uurf

for mechanical use only, the tem-

perature should range from 98 to 75 degrees F.

m

it

from 98

patients,

;

if

to stimulate

100 degrees F.

to

to be the graduated, the temperature sIk^uUI be gradu-

reduced from 98 to 70 degrees.

ally

To

take an enema,

lie

on the back, with

tlie

knees drawn

rosiuon

and hips elevated, or kneel on the chest and knees.

tip

THE COLD EXEMA. Uses.

—

It is

one of the most

means of reducing

efficient

temperature, and one of the simplest to apply. is

indicated in

ti^re is

This enema

where the tempera-

cases of typhoid fever

all

vses

obstinate and runs high, in yellov.- fever, diphtheria,

IMieumonia, fevers caused from inflammations of the kidneys, liver,

womb,

ovaries,

and the peritoneum.

anchor to reduce high temperature

It

in childbed

is

the

fever (puer-

peral fever)

and inflammation of the bowels, wdiere

means have

failed.

The temperature niay range from 60 in obstinate cases,

where the fever runs

as high as

106 degrees, the temperature of the water

When

50 degrees.

all

80 degrees

to

may

sheet-

other

F.,

and

105 to

be as low as

the higher temperature of the water

employed, a larger quantity

is

is

The temperature may

used.

be started at 98 degrees and gradually lowered to 60 degrees, or even lower, by adding a the

60 degrees

Use

is

reached.

little

cold water at a tiine, until

Continue

at

this

temperature.

an ordinary syringe, with a short piece of rubber tub-

ing somewhat larger than the nozzle of the syringe slipped over the end of oil,

After oiling the tubing with vaseline or sweet

it.

introduce

it

into the bowels,

well up into the rectum

and

let it

remain

;

slowly force the water

live to ten

minutes

;

discon-

Temperature

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

246 nect

tlie

syringe from the tubing and

w hen a fresh amount (hn-e

may

up one, two, or three hours,

high temperature. greater will be the

let

if

follow a warm-water

Taken

thus,

it is

necessary, to reduce the

enema

at bedtime,

is sufficient.

and be

the for

Let

retained.

absorbed by the colon, cooling the blood, and

stimulating and toning the kidneys and

The leading

this proce-

The lower the temperature emj^loyed, effect. Where the cold enema is taken

constipation, one-half to one pint of water it

the water escape,

Keep

be introduced.

authorities

liver.

on the use of water as a remedial

agent agree pretty well that cold water produces a mo\-ement of the fluids toward the intestines by the reaction \vhich fol-

lows the use of

it

as an enema.

This fact renders cold water

of value in the treatment of constipation due to excessive dryness of the fecal matters, inflammation of the colon and bloody flux.

IJlicn used for acute iuHauimatiou, as in dysentery, the

application

must be moderate, prolonged and continuous.

Chapter XVII. DIETETICS IX A XLTSHELL. 383.

Classihcalion.

six divisions

—

3.

4. 5.

6.

food stuffs

in

cinssi/ic.-uion

i)

The

— — —

carl)onates are suitable for the lean people,

cnrhonates

They should be used much when you need fat,

those of the motive temperament. ir.

the

—

2.

(

classify

will

The carbonates heat producers. The nitrates muscle builders. The phosphates nerve and bone builders. The refrigerators cooling- foods. The eliminators washers. The beautihers.

1.

384.

— We

:

the \vinter. on rainy and stormy days,

when you

feel

and nerves. lard,

cold,

They

etc.

are

:

They

yellow corn, bacon, chocolate, dates, pearl barley, prunes,

rice, suet,

385.

wheat food, white bread, buckwheat,

(2)

The

nitrates

These are for manual

are

in large quantities,

muscle

who wish

to build

laborers,

much

rye, etc.

principally

muscles, to become staunch and strong,

ken

muscles

protect the bones,

Fats, oils, butter, sugar, cream, pork,

exercise

builders,

up

:

their

^^'hen they are ta-

must be taken, other-

wise the highest degree of results will not be obtained. are

xnrntes

They

Beef, beans, cheese, white corn, eels, yolk of egg, halibut,

ham, herring, lamb, venison, lean

fish,

lentils, liver,

mutton, peas, pigeon, salmon,

lean meat, nuts, oats,

etc.

(3) The phosphates are mainly brain and nerve They should be used when exercising the brain to a great extent, when nervous, neuralgic, mentally tired, or to They are Barley, barley soup, barley stimulate the nerves. 386.

foods.

:

lemonade, whole-wheat bread,

tigs, lobster,

ham.

oats, prunes, 247

phosphates

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

248

salmon, smelt, trout,

mond

nuts,

cheese, white corn, herrin<^-. al-

tm"1)ot,

meat from

shell-fish,

acti\'e

fish,

Ijirds,

mutton,

\eal, etc. Reirigerators

387.

The

(4)

in

hot

the

refrigcrators are in the

main cooling foods

They should constitute the bulk of the food taken summer months. They are Vegetables, fruits,

a.nd drinks.

:

acids, li(|uids in general, chicken, codfish, eggs, fish (as a rule),

lamb,

kidney, nuts. Eliminators

milk,

mutton. ])igeon, whey, sweet potatoes,

etc.

The eliminators, being principally washers, are suitable for summer months, chronic constii^ation. chronic diseases where there is much accimiulation of foreign matter in 388.

(-)

and sallow

the system,

They

are

Large

:

skin.

cjuantities of

water (the

first

drink should

be three or four glasses inimediately upon rising,

by exercise, and then,

small

in

(juantities.

followed

repeated

c)ften

through the day), phosphoric acid drinks, oranges, lemon juice, raisins, grapes,

grape

juice, bartlett pears, apples, aspara-

gus, carrots, cauliflower, cherries, cucumbers, currants, eggs,

milk,

fish,

mutton, onions, parsnips, turnips, beets, potatoes,

radishes, green gage, haddock, halibut, horse-radish, i)igeon, sole, turbot, Beautifiers

389.

grape

(6)

juice,

and

soft, juicy foods.

Beautificrs

are

bananas, fresh

apples, air.

blackberries,

oranges,

deep breathing (pars. 273,

274, 275) at the ratio of two. three and one. active exercise,

both mental and physical, peaceful and happy frame of mind, glow,

salt

lots

of affection, say your prayers, and trust in

God.

Eat with an alimentive thought, and masticate the food until

all

the flavor globules are broken up.

CULTIVATE 390.

Eat

abundance of

slowly

pmx

D10i:ST[\'E POWDER.

and drink water,

Urink from two hours after

frcji'n

little

two

with to

a meal until an

the

tlu'ee

food.

LTse

(|uarts

daily.

hour before meals.

DIETETUS

Take

Eat sparingly of

not good.

If appetite

cases

TS 11

I

a copious drink before retiring'

rising'. i?

IX A X

eat

I-'at

is

all

and iminediatel}' upon

kinds of food

if a[)petite

wholesome, nutritious, easily-digested food.

ravenous, there

Do

sparingly.

salivate slowly

and

an}-

_'40

KI.L.

not

something wrong;

is

piecemeal,

and thoroughly.

in

but masticate

such

and

Take time; be cheerful, con-

tented and happ}' while eating and drinking and during the

hours of digestion.

Never

See

cat fast.

tliat

the flavor

is

ground and squeezed out of the food. A\-oid e\erything of a stimulating" and irritating nature,

fermented and alcoholic drinks and tobacco in

all

forms.

We

can not expect to cure dyspepsia, kidney or heart trouble while using- tobacco.

Take very rich pastry [tork

sparingly,

if

any.

and confectionery.

and meats moderately.

and the milder

fruits

A\'oid iced drinks of

butter, fried grease, fat,

Contine the diet mostly to cereals

stewed. all

mustard, pep]3er, vinegar,

Use

kinds.

Do

not drink while eating.

avoui stimuiaius

Chapter XVIII POISONS. Immediately upon the discovery or suspicion of poi-

391.

soning, a ])liysician should be ing, if possible,

may

that valuable time steps

if

not,

^leanwhile, the following

if it

has commenced;

The most simple way

To Provoke

to accomplish this

is

to give large

draughts of lukewarm water, tickling the throat Either of the following

time.

A

may

same

be stirred into the water

a teaspoonful of syrup of ipecac

or a small

amount of

The

fact of its

ipecac

;

Dish-water or soap-suds will answer.

;

being dish-water or soap-suds will make the patient, and therefore

suds are used,

many

for

it

it

will act

The

poisons.

-\fter vomiting, olive

law eggs, or

much

sufferer

flour

oil,

niore repulsive to

more quickly;

if

soap-

is

an antidote

must be urged

to drink a

made

salad

to

oil,

soap

vomit

freely.

sweet milk or cream,

and water should be given.

If the sufferer

depressed, the hands and feet cold, the lips blue, the

face pale

and a cold perspiration on the brow, then some stim-

ulant

may

best

strong

;

it

will be all the better, as

large quantity at a time, and be

is

at the

teaspoonful of ground mustard; a teaspoonful of powdered

salt.

After Vomiting

stomach of

in order to free the

the remaining poison.

all

Vomiting

be saved.

must be provoked,

it

the messenger carry-

be taken.

Vomiting should be encouraged

392.

J'rikno^vil

Poisons

may

summoned,

information as to the kind of poison taken,

be administered. coft'ee is

Strong hot

next in value

tea.

without milk,

is

add brandy, whisky or

The

patient

must be kept

the use of hot blankets, hot bricks,

hot water in

alcohol in teaspoonful (|uantities.

warm by

;

bottles, or blankets

a dry one. 250

rung out of hot water and covered with

POISONS. 393.

and

Xiiric. muriatic

and deadly

251

sulpluirio acids are

and

i)ois()nons acids,

liea\_\-,

strong-

Adda

wmii, metal and

l)urn

will

llesh.

\'omiting should not be provoked in poison from these

Gk'c an alkali; Siamene Antiseptic \\'ash or Siamene

acids.

Remedy

Catarrh

are very valuable to neutralize the acids and

heal acid burns; a teaspoonful of hartshorn, a pint of water,

mav

be "iven

;

mixed with plaster

from

wood

ashes

the wall, chalk, tooth-powder, or strong soap or stirred

up

half

a large quantity of baking or

washing soda, magnesia, potash, whitewash or in water.

After using the alkaline antidote, use bland liquids

430), such as tlaxseed root tea.

Secure

:

Lime

])1 aster

fine

in

(

par.

marshmallow

necessary.

if

small, bright crystals.

Anti-

Oxalic Acid

water, whitewash, tooth-powder, chalk, whiting,

from the

\\'hatever

wall.

and dissolved

is

used should be pulverized

water.

in is

a dangerous poison, and usually results

Cyanide of potash and

immediate death.

monds

slippery-elm bark or

Stimulate

comes

395. Prussic acid in

tea,

rest.

394. Oxalic acid

dote

Treatment

oil

of bitter

are poisonous on account of this acid they contain.

case of poisoning from any one of these,

Pmsaic

Add

al-

In

vomiting must be

immediately induced, followed by bland liquids and stimulants.

Hartshorn may be inhaled, fresh

air

given,

and

artificial

respiration produced (par. 435). 396. Carbolic acid

and creosote are usually

a thick, clear or pinkish-brown fluid.

When

in

sohuion as

taken into the

mouth, thev cause intense burning, numl)ness and whitening of the flesh.

There

is

nausea, weakness, depression and collapse.

These are very dangerous poisons, for they act as producing intense pain it

is difiicult

Antidote.

to

;

they also

benumb

the stomach so that

provoke vomiting.

— The

best

antidote

is

tablespoonful doses dissolved in water.

ing soda, given

caustics,

in

Epsom Next

two or three teaspoonful

salts,

given

in value

is

in

bak-

doses, dissolved

Carbolic

Add

and Creosote

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT. Follow either of these with

in water.

white of

oil.

larg'e

draughts of olive

milk or carbonate of mag'nesia dissoh'ed

eg'i^",

in water.

397. Strong-

Alkaline

Poisons

od(3r.

form of concentrated

l}-e

ammonia

of

ties Trcntnient

Ti'cafniriif.

— Alkalies

potash in stick for caustic or in

liniments containing large quanti-

;

Thev must be com-

l)urn intensely.

\ inegar

is

the most ready

there

;

lemon juice or the acid

;

juices

provoked,

is

398.

Arsenic

forms

various

Bland

water.

oil

is

or mucilaginous drink

—

common

in

remedy, calomel.

fly-i)aper,

some forms of paints and vomiting and pain All fid of c\

given

;

—

and resembles

a white, sweetish powder,

is

in the

etc.

It

is

paris

tablespoonful

;

green,

also found in

in various wall-paper.

It

causes

stomach.

Milk, white of egg, flour and water,

vomit freely

put up in

It is

bedbug powder,

''rough on rats," Fowler's solution,

in

it

vomit-

follow.

appearance the

in

If

should be immediately preceded by large

it

warm

draughts of

may

from any

Vomiting should not be i^rovoked unless

fruits.

immediately after the alkali has been swallowed. ing

noth-

is

should be given undiluted in doses of one

it

to three teaspoonfuls

sour

which

or hartshorn,

are sometimes swallowed through mistake.

bated with acids. ing better, and

ammonia

are

alkalies

have an unmistakable

oil

may

l)e

give dialyzed iron as a chemical antidote,

doses,

followed by a

teaspoonful

of

salt

dissolved in a teacup of

vitriol (sulphate

of iron) and baking

warm water. Green soda may l)e dissoh-ed

in separate

of hot water, mixed and drank immediately.

After drinking

the mixture, vomiting the Sugar of Keaci

same 399.

must be provoked.

in all the different

hi cases of poison

ing, followed

by Epsom

c)r

forms

in

The treatment

which arsenic

from sugar of

cups

lead,

is

is

found.

cause vomit-

(llauber salts, eggs, milk or castor-

oil.

Corrosive

Sublimate

400. Corrosive sublimate ci^mes in small colorless crvstals,

or in a clear solution.

POISONS. AiitidiUc.

— rroNoke

tannic acid, stroni;' tea

contains this acid,

raw eggs, milk, or

sons.

It

is

slow in

AuHiiote

article that

followed hy

lar^e ([nantities.

in

it

and water. found

is

most convenient

the

Uein.^-

ilonr

401. PJiosl'honis

followed by some form of

voiiiitiiio-.

(live

253

in

action.

its

matches and some Give

five

rat poi-

piwspiionn^

or six grain doses

of suli)hate of copper, dissolved in water, to provoke vomit-

After vomiting,

ing.

give

dose of carbonate of

large

a

magnesia. 402. Crofon

oil

is

produces great pain in depression.

sometimes contained

liniment.

in

It

croton on

the stomach, with griping, purging and

should be treated with an emetic, followed by

It

bland liquid (par. 430). 403. In cases of poison

from lunar

by giving strong solution of

Epsom

dose of castor-oil or

salt

caustic, cause

vomiting

Lunar

cai/.s

and water, followed by a

salts dissolved in water, in table-

spoonful doses. 404. In iodine poison,

milk,

or

iodine,

and starch

oil

blue; then apply 405.

When

and water.

flour

apply

give starch and water, plenty of

until

the

skin

is

burnt

iodine

from

the starch will not turn

Siamene Antiseptic Wash.

Opium and

its

preparations

paragoric, black drops, chlorodine,

—morphine,

laudanum,

some liniments and many

nostrums sold as pain destroyers.

Opium produces

opium

unci

Morphine

deep

sleep, with a contraction of the pupil of the eye, which will

not enlarge in the dark. Antidote. of coffee.

— Cause

As long

to the minute, the

the patient

awake

vomiting, followed by large quantities

as the breathing does not

danger l)y

line

has not been reached.

slapping, rubbing,

etc.,

with heat applied to the extremities and back. cular exercise

is

rent applied to

teii

Keep

cold alternating

The

best

mus-

the application of electricity, the faradic cur-

all

parts of the body.

Keep up breathing

applying electricity to the muscles of the chest. is

below

fall

b}-

Belladonna

the phvsiological antidote for opium, the dose being regu17

Antidote

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

^54 lated

by the amount of opium taken,

amount of belladonna or amount of opium or its belladonna

its

requiring an equal

preparations to counteract a given

preparations.

about the size of that

is

it

The average dose of of opium in any of its

l)reparations. strychnine

white powder.

It

jiroduces stiffness of muscles, a rigid stiffness of the jav^,

and

406. Strychnine

Treat

spasms.

an intensely

is

first

bitter,

by vomiting, then purge, followed by

twenty or thirty-grain doses each of bromide of potash and hych'ate

much

of chloral for an adult, and from one-fourth to one-half as for children, given every

spasms of muscles.

hour

if

necessary, to control the

This treatment applies equally as

domestic animals, dogs,

cats,

to

w'ell

These animals often be-

etc.

come poisoned from eating meat and other food charged with strychnine. Aconite and Veratriim

Viride

and veratrum

407. Aconite i'l

viride,

by mistake.

liniments, are often swallowed

a peculiar

sometimes contained

Symptoms

are

numbness and tingling of the muscles of the tongue

and mouth.

Give an emetic,

rest,

warmth

to the extremities,

large quantities of strong, hot coffee, wine, whisky or brandy. Toadstools,

Deadly Sightshade, James-

town Weed,

408.

Deadly

tobacco, poison

nightshade.

Jamestown

weed,

toadstools,

sumac and other plants are sometimes eaten

and cause poisonous

effects.

All

must be treated by provok-

etc.

ing vomiting,

followed by stimulants, as in treatment for

belladonna poisoning, with strong coffee, whisky or brandy. 409.

Ptomaines from J\Icats

and

Vesretables

Ptomaine poison from decayed meats and vegetables.

Excite vomiting until the stomach until the it;

stomach

is

absolutely

is

full,

empty, then drink water a gallon

if

it

will hold

then provoke vomiting by tickling the fauces; follow this

by a dose of castor-oil and one or two teaspoonfuls of powdered charcoal or Siamene Dyspepsia Tablets. Recapitulation

410. In the foregoiug pages cipal

we have mentioned

the prin-

and most common poisons, and given some of the

most available and practical methods of combating them. innclusion.

let

it

ht remembered that

when

there

is

best,

In

a case

POISONS. of poisoning, sonic one, at in

mind, cahnness

possilile. sil)le.

is

power

least,

in

255

should keep cool;

such emergencies.

despatch for a physician. sencHng him word,

what poison has been

course indicated

in

the foregoing pages sliould he

accidental poisoning rarely prove fatal

of

poisoning,

the

bear

if

as

pos-

taken, and, until his arrival, the

Another thing which should be remembered rance

for,

As soon

;

is

followed.

that cases of

therefore, in occur-

treatment here suggested

will

be

found successful.

The following

table of poisons

found useful for reference bear in mind that

all

and

their antidotes will be

The

in emergencies.

reader should

the poisons are found in the preceding-

part of this chapter.

POISON.

ANTIDOTE. 411.

Emetic Bland liquids

Unknown

Stimulants 412.

An

Acids Sulphuric

alkali

Bland liquids

Nitric

Rest Stimulants

Muriatic 413.

Emetic Chalk Bland liquids

Oxalic acid

414.

Emetic

Epsom

salts

or baking soda

Bland liquids

Carbolic acid

Rest Stimulants 415.

Prussic acid Oil bitter almonds Cyanide potash

Emetic Bland liquids Stimulants

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

256

ANTIDOTE.

POISON. 416.

An

acid ^ineg^ar) liland li(|uids

Alkalies

Hartshorn (ammonia) Soda Potash

(

Rest Stimulants

Lye 417.

Emetic

Arsenic Paris green Fowler's solution

Dialvzed iron and Castor-oil

"Rou.s^h on rats"

Rest Stimulants

Fh'-papcr 418.

Emetic

Epsom

Suear of lead

salts

Bland liquids Castor-oil 419.

Emetic Strong tea Raw eggs Milk

Corrosive sublimate Tartar emetic

Castor-oil

Stimulants 420.

Emetic Sulphate of copper Turpentine

Phosi)horus

Magnesia Never give

oil

421.

Salt and water Castor-oil

Lunar

Epsom

caustic

salts

Bland liquids Emetic

(Nitrate silver)

422.

Emetic Iodine

Starch and water

Bland liquids

salt

POISONS.

POISON.

257 ANTTI10TI-:.

423.

Opium Morphine

l^metic

Laudanum

Strong coffee Keep up breathing:

Pareg;oric. etc.

Chlorodine 424.

Emetic Purgfing;

Absolute quiet Chloral P)rf)mide potash

Strvclmine

425.

Emetic

Aconite A'eratrum \iride

Stimulation TIead low 426.

Jamestown weed

Hemlock

Emetic

Deadly nig-htshade

Stimulation

Toadstools Tobacco, etc. 427.

Emetic Cold and heat alternately ap-

Alcohol

plied to the spine

Hartshorn and water 428.

Decayed meat Decayed yesretables

Tvmetic

Purging;

Powdered charcoal

429.

The

following-

Lukewarm water tard dissolved

in

means are good

in large quantities, a

a

i)int

of

warm

to produce yomiting:

tablespoonful of mus-

water, a teaspoonful of

ipecac, or a tablespoonful of salt dissolyed in a pint of

water; any one of the aboye as

much

may

warm

be taken in large quantities,

as the stomach will contain.

If

yomiting does not

\

oniiting

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

258

take place, insert the to give the

warm

linfrer

water

into

tlie

throat.

It

is

advisable

in large quantities, a pint at a time,

repeating often. 430.

liiund Liquids oil,

liciuids

are milk,

raw eggs, some

gruel, barley water, flaxseed water, flour 431.

stimulants

Bland

Stimulants are

115 degrees

F..

tea.

coffee,

whisky, wine, or

and water,

all

of

ammonia

(hartshorn, a half

In giving tea,

do not take time to strain out the sediments; give

it.

432. Alk.'dine poisons require acid antidotes.

433.

etc.

water at iio degrees to

teaspoonful in a teacup of water at one dose). coffee, etc.,

sort of light

Acid poisons

recjuire alkaline antidotes.

Chapter XIX. EMERGENCIES. 434.

the

Proiciiiir^.

from

])0(lv

^\"aist

— Remove the person may

clothing- that

all

from the water,

hind the neck, chest or

turn him on the face, hotly in an inclined position, the

;

head down and the lower portion of the hody raised finger into the mouth, giving a

may

foreign substance that

draw

making

sure to force out the water that

Then turn him on one until

it

it

thrust a

from any

it

A\'hile in this position,

side,

quick,

medium-hard

may have gone

pres-

into the lungs.

arm extend forward

letting the

at a right

angle with the shoulder, the head hanging

make quick

pressures upon the side of the chest to free

is ;

;

arms above the head, then place the open hand on

the

over

sweep to free

be there.

different points of the back,

Then turn

the lungs from water. side

free

and

treat in like

other and to the back.

manner

;

the patient on the other

from one

alternate

These pressures must be made with a

jarring, quick motion, guarding against

enough

side to the

making them hard

to injure the chest.

After the lungs are emptied of the water, an attempt must be

made

to restore the breathing if

weak; administer

Remove if

necessary,

all

artificial

respiration

Warmth

may is

is

suspended or very

(par. 435).

wet clothing and substitute dry ones the be secured from bystanders;

should not interfere with the

hand; hot

it

to be secured

bottles, hot,

latter,

this,

howe\'er,

artificial respiration.

by any means that may be

dry blankets, hot bricks,

Stimulate the heart and lungs heart and lung centers).

;

As soon

(

see

at

etc.

Reference Column,

as the patient

swallow, give some form of light stimulant. 259

is

able to

Drowning.

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

26o

435. Artificial

Artificial

A'esp;mrjo,i ]

.odv

rcs])irali()n

stretclicd

IS

out

flat

conducted as follows: The

is

on the ground, back down, with

something under the shoulders to elevate them

—a

folded

blanket, coat, shawl, a pile of dirt or anything that will elevate

and support them

— causing the neck

from the

the chin far

Draw

chest.

out of the mouth, and secure

it

throwing

to be stretched,

the tongue well forward

with an

elastic ])and, a i)iece

of string or a strip of cloth torn from a garment, by passing it

over the tongue and under the lower jaw, or have an as-

Handle the

hold the tongue with a handkerchief.

sistant

tongue with Kneel

care, not to injure

it.

head of the patient, grasp the arms midway

at the

between wrists and elbows, sweep them around horizontally,

away from the body and over the head, where a good, strong pull is made upon them, and they are held for a few seconds. If there

an assistant present, have him stand over the patient

is

and place

hands on both sides of the

his

chest,

at the rate of sixteen pressures to the

making pressure

minute as the arms

are being raised in the sweep above the head

lungs with

air.

the impure air

and forms a suction for fresh

The next

them.

;

this

tills

the

The pressure upon the lungs drives out step

is

to return the

arms

to

air

enter

to the side, ready

for another extension; this gives an alternating, relaxing

and

contracting of the muscles and nerves governing the lungs. ]\Iake about sixteen of these

minute.

Do

movements and pressures

to the

not abandon them until a competent person has

said that the heart has entirely ceased to act or until the per-

son Suffocation

is

breathing normally.

436. SuffocGtion with

Noxious Gases, J^apors or Smoke.

Immediately remove the sufferer to the fresh artificial

respiration

(par.

435).

Victims

air,

and give

wells,

in

—

mines,

are sometimes hard to reach on account of the

sewers,

etc..

gases.

First,

remove the gas by dashing

of water, or an open umbrella, with

toj)

in

a

few buckets

down, may be lowered

by a cord or rope, and rapidly drawn up and down a few times before the rescuer ventures to descend.

261

E.MKRi;i:.\c"ii:s.

TrCiitniriit.

—

removed. o\K'n fresh air

all

;

the sufferer

It

the

all

very shallow, (7/

the patient

if

artificial ojicc,

and

if

is

breathing has ceased or (par.

a physician

despatched is

is

435). must be ad-

respiration

As soon

for.

sufficiently restored,

ammonia

cautiously permit the patient to inhale

warm

Tretumcnt

unconscious, dash cold

and normal breathing

as consciousness

of

l)o

and doors so as to admit

\vin(l(^\vs

on the face and chest;

ministered

not

clothing abont the neck, chest or waist must he

removed or loosened; Avater

room and can

in a

is

or the vapor

water.

437. Fainting

is

a state of unconsciousness

may

This

rary failure of the heart.

due to tempo-

yainting

be brought about by a

simple nervous influence, or by a sudden shock, loss of or the

The symptoms

sight of blood.

companied by paleness of

lips

are loss of consciousness, ac-

and

face, coldness of extremities

and the appearance of perspiration. Trcatiiicnf.

—Loosen

all

clothing from the waist and chest,

lower the head and Hush the brain (par. 92), or

this

may

Treatment

be

done by grasping the patient around the limbs above the knees, elevating them, thereby lowering the head and permit-

Permit the patient to

ting the blood to flow to the brain. inhale

ammonia;

let

him

and be

rest

([uiet.

Unconsciousness sometimes arises from serious brain disorders, poisons in the

and intoxicating drinks.

same general way. then referred

438.

Shock may be caused by

It

.should be treated

to a physician.

fright,

bv profound mental

impressions of grief, disappointment, or even joy.

It

be caused by a blow or by a sudden and severe pain.

common

is

after gunshot wounds, railroad or machine accidents.

The symptoms are weak breathing,

pulse,

may It

:

Paleness, a cold, clamni)- skin, a feeble dull eyes, dilated pupils, etc.

Cases of severe shock

may

result in death very

soon

;

there-

fore they require prompt, energetic and persevering treatment

on the part of those attending.

Heat must be applied

entire body, especially to the region of the heart,

to the

and over

siioek

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

262

the pit of the stomach baths,

Ijlankets,

(

hot (h'inks of brandy,

etc.,

monia (hartshorn);

the

if.

large (juantities, 439.

There

l)ut

bottles, bricks,

whisky or am-

kitter.

use one-half teaspoonful

Hot drinks should not be taken

to a teacup of water.

Hemorrhage

Use hot

sohir i)lexus).

in

sipped in teaspoon fuls every few minutes.

uo accidcut more common and more alarm-

is

ing than hemorrhage, and none that re(|uires more self-possession to treat

nor

;

is

there any in which a

knowl-

little specific

edge can be of more value.

To

understand the control of hemorrhage, one must have

some general idea of Hemorrhage, through the

arteries,

arteries

and from the extremities back Blood as

it

comes from the

and when uninterrupted by pressure, flows

red,

or pulsations corresponding to the beat of the heart. as

it

comes from the

steady stream.

and not

flows from the heart to the extremities

heart through the veins. is

the blood-vessels.

comes from the

as a rule,

The blood

the veins.

anatomy of

the

veins,

is

Blood, as

it

to the arteries

in

jerks

Blood,

dark blue, and flows in a slow,

comes from the

capillaries,

is

and oozes from the surface.

red,

Hemorrhage in any of the extremities must be combated by making pressure on the bleeding vessels between the bleeding point and the heart always make the pressure as near to ;

the

wound

How

io

as

practicable.

is

Make

Pressure.

— The

thumb or

finger

on the limb immediately above the wound;

if

of pressure does not stop the flow of blood,

move

and so on

point,

this point

may

tliis

is l)e

until the pressure will

found,

make

the

is

pressed

first

point

to another

check the flow.

When

a compress of tightly-folded cloth

secured from a handkerchief, garment or any-

thing convenient; and place

it

(ner the bl(X)d-vessel to stop the

flow of blood, as previously found, and confine by a bandage until further aid is secured.

To cloth

apply a bandage over the compress, take a strip of

iwnw one

to

three

inches

wide and long enough to

EMERGEXCIES. reach around the the

hiiil)

and place

linil).

two or three

Wrap

times.

under the

a stick

last

fold,

around

it

and twist

it

check the hemorrhage.

until the pressure is sufficient to

Hemorrhage from

263

the head, neck, under the arm, or in

the groins, must be checked

direct pressure with the fingers,

l)y

made close to the wotmd, and between it Hemorrhage from the skin, capillar)- circtila-

presstu'e being

tile

and the heart. tion,

may

be checked by pressure or by the a])plication of cold

to the parts affected.

Hemorrhage from

the nose

is

often beneticial, as

may

is

it

of nature's means of disposing of the suri)]us blood

one

but

;

it

be so profuse as to re([uire- attention and e\'en threaten

life.

Treatment. l^ent

— The

position, with cold

the back of the neck.

appHed

it

cloth

alum or

—

will control

Bath (pars. 316-317) salt

in

a

recum-

Treatment

metal or cold wet cloth applied to

A

to the external genitals

by reflex action

tion of

should be placed

patient

wrung from if a

man.

most

to the

will often control

it

in

scrotum

— and

Siamene Friction

cases.

water up the nose

cold water and

also.

Snuff a solu-

proportion to a tea-

spoonful to a teacup of water, or insert a plug of cotton or cloth saturated in the 440.

A

same

bleeding tooth

of cotton saturated in

oil

is

solution.

best stopped

by pressing a plug

j-ieedins

Tooth

of cloves firmly into the cavity of

the tooth. 441.

Slight burns are best ti'eated by the application of

sn^ht

Bums

severe

Bums

Siamene Antiseptic Wash, or baking soda moistened with water.

In cases of severe burns, remove soft linen or cotton cloths with

all

clothing.

Siamene Antiseptic Wash, and

apply them in such a manner as to exclude the cloths wet with the

Wash.

air.

Keep

the

In the absence of Siamene Anti-

Wash, use a tablespoonful of tannic teacupful of raw linseed oil. Apply to soft septic

Saturate

acid to a small linen,

and cover

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

264

the Inini in such a

change

manner

Snake and

442.

as to effectually exclude the air;

compress three or four times

Scalds should be treated

Scalds

Insect Bites

this

in the

Venomous snake and made

in

as burns.

and stings

recjuire

In snake bites there should

wound.

the

with any sharp instrument that knife or razor will do.

same way

insect bites

prompt and energetic treatment. be a free incision

daily.

may

It is best to

This

may

be at hand

;

be done a pocket

remove the part

bitten,

and cauterize with a red-hot iron or ammonia (hartshorn) strength applied.

full

ing soda.

Alkali dirt

In the absence of is

ammonia

in

use bak-

Give the patient ammonia

good.

internally, one teaspoonful to a teacupful of water, or give

enough whisky or brandy

to keep the patient in an intoxicated

state until medical aid arrives.

As soon

as can be arranged, give a

Sweat Bath No.

i,

and repeat

cases of severe poison. poultice,

the soil being

Siamene ^Medicated

e\-ery three or four

hours in

After each bath apply an alkali

mixed with cold water.

mud to cover the entire limb. 443. Dog and cat bites are treated

Use

mud suffi-

cient

Dog and Cat Bites

by washing out the

wouud with Siameue Soap and making an hartshorn.

After v>ith

it

application

of

In the absence of hartshorn, use baking soda.

has been applied for a few minutes, dress the

Siamene Antiseptic Wash.

wound

Chapter XX. CARIXG FUR The comfort and

444.

Till-:

SICK-ROUAI

well-beins^" of the sick

depend

to so

The Room

great an extent ui)on their snrroimchngs that there should be in every

weh-arranged home an apartment chosen and espe-

cially fitted for the use of the sick.

clear idea of

what

important to have a

It is

a sick-room ought to be, in order to choose

among unavoidable circumstances, and how to utilize may have. A sick-room should be spacious, light, clean and in every way cheerful. The larger the room

the least

such as you airy,

the easier to keep

it

clean and ventilated, therefore

Space

able for the recovery of the patient.

more favortherefore an

is

important consideration from a hygienic point of view.

The room

445.

side of the house,

Sunlight

is

for the sick should be located

on the sunny

with south or west windows

a healthful stimulus, as

if

possible.

the tonic properties

all

given to both animals and plants proceed from the sun

;

not only provides stimulating and tonic properties, but

im-

removed from noise and confusion and

odors from the kitchen as

The

with every tread. is

as free

from

practicable.

walls should be thick enough to deaden the sounds

from without, and the

as

is

it

The sick-room should be

parts cheerfulness to the sick-room. as far

it

enough not

floor substantial

Ha\-e the

practicable, with as

room

to vibrate

as high in the building

many windows

two, to afford fresh air and sunlight

;

as possible, at least

they should be kept

lowered from the top, not raised from the bottom, with but rare exceptions.

The sick-room should

be kept quiet and cheerful.

basins of standing water,

foods,

medicine

bottles, 2G5

Remove clothing.

Location °f

Room

SIAMENE HOME TREATMENT.

266 beddini;'

and

all

may

things that

be unpleasant or disagreeable

to the patient.

Growing

plants and cut

llowers add considerable to the

cheerfulness of the room.

The

446.

The Walls

webs and

some

walls and ceiling should be clean, free from cob-

soft, neutral tint, as

French grey, pale green or lemon.

Paint or hard-finished surface be washed.

They should be of

that collect the dirt.

all articles

better than paper, for

is

it

can

The monotony of the walls may be relieved by a The woodwork should be plain The room should be free from woolen curtains,

few well-chosen pictures.

and simple.

portieres or drapery of

any kind.

come

difficult to disinfect.

infected

and are

All woolen goods easily be-

Curtains should

be of light, washable goods.

The

447.

The Floor

Small rugs that can be

floor should be painted.

taken out and dusted daily should take the place of carpets. If there is a carpet,

wrung from

it

should be cleansed daily with a cloth

a solution of chloride of lime

and water or some

other efficient disinfectant.

The

448.

Furniture

w^ith a

may rack

may

bed

essential furnishings of the sick-room are a

preferably an iron bed

—

a bed-side table, an easy chair, a lounge

washable spread over

it,

a large

movable screen

—

this

be improvised by using a shawl thrown over a clothes

—a

bed-rest,

a

commode and

similar conveniences that

be desirable, but the fewer superfluous articles the

1:)etter.

All furniture should be plain.

Tact and judgment must be exercised in caring for the Small points of detail should

sick.

l«hnds,

rattling

l)e

observed.

windows and creaking doors

Many

which demand speedy remedy.

slight

Ill-fitting

are nuisances

and apparently

unimportant noises, which are nevertheless annoying to the sensitive nerves of the sick,

may

be easily avoided.

Do

not

wear rustling clothes or squeaking shoes. 449. If

Confusion

ing

it

you are Ijurning

coal,

into the room, and lay

it

wrap

in

paper before bring-

fire

without confusion.

it

on the

CARINC. FOR

267

SICK-ROOM.

1111-:

more

distressing and hurtful than

continuous noises; sudden, sharp

and jarring sounds are espe-

Intermittent noises arc

In short,

cially distressing.

unnecessary noises and con-

all

All thoughts that

fusions should be carefully avoided.

produce a

may

countenance and disagreeal)le expressions

ruffled

should be carefully guarded against.

When

450.

upon

called

confident, pleasant ionts side of

do not whisper

;

where you may

it

when conversing

will

to speak to the patient,

A

be heard.

in the

low and

sick

sensitive

annoy them with such

it is

people,

([uestions

Avoid conversing with the condition, unless

room or

in

conversation

out-

distinct tone

seldom annoy; w'hispering and sounds

As

that strain the attention create annoyance.

conversation with

do so

as,

a rule, avoid

and by no means

"How

do you feel?"

any way concerning

patient in

his

absolutely essential for the patient's

own

warm and

well

welfare.

The room should be

There should always be

ventilated.

but see to

kept comfortably

it

The room should be kept ful

in

every

way

There

451.

a draft

through the room,

that the draft does not pass over the patient.

clean and disinfected and cheer-

possible.

is

nothing more refreshing to a well person

than a clean, nicely-arranged and easy-lying bed.

The

invalid,

whose confinement

and whose sensitiveness things affecting him

To is

understand

is

more than

how

is

more or

less

compulsory

exaggerated by disease, finds few the bed.

to prepare

and keep the bed

in order

a matter of no small consideration.

The bed

of the invalid should be firm and

level, free

from

lumps, with a soft surface and a clean, fresh odor.

The

covers should be light, but

smooth and

tidy.

The bed should

warm and

soft,

and kept

be put in order every morn-

ing and evening; the sheets should be changed as often as necessary to keep them sweet and clean. the patient

is

is

If the condition of

such as to create unpleasant odors from ex-

The Bed

268

AM EXE HOME TREATMENT.

SI

abminnal

perspiration,

cessive

In caring for the patient, the

The

452.

Care of

It is

daily.

things that contribute to the observation of these

good nursing.

details that constitute

Patient

little

comfort should be observed.

his

made

])C

wounds,

temperature,

Ijody

changes should

])oultices, etc., the

patient should have the face, neck, hands

and

amis bathed regularly three times a day, and the body sponged In washing the once a day, preferably in the morning.

off

body, the water should

l)e

at a

temperature most agreeable to

the patient, usually lukewarm. i.5

added

to this,

cleanses the surface

it

and velvety, and renders

soft

body,

it

movement

Manipulative

treatment,

applications,

local

then

left

At

dressing

the patient's clothing

The room should be

necessary.

if

to,

venti-

confusion quieted and the patient assured, in a con-

manner, that he alone to

will be better for

what has been done,

rest.

this time, the

temperature and pulse should be taken;

and as often

also at the

same time

in the evening,

terval as

required.

This applies only in cases of fever.

453.

Diet

food, in it

is

is

With

reference to the diet and the various kinds of

cases of sickness

all

This

temperature Antiseptic

best

is

no

Wash

thirty-six hours.

or cold water. is

in the in-

where the digestion

is

impaired,

advisable to sterilize the alimentary canal and keep

aseptic.

of

should be done at this time.

etc.,

should be changed

fidential

After bathing the

(par. 175) applied to the entire surface.

After these details are attended

lated, all

and leaves the skin

antiseptic.

it

borax

should be thoroughly dried with a towel, and gentle

Efflurage

wounds,

If a little pulverized

done by giving

degrees, at least once a day, with

added,

and

is

fasting

\\'hile fasting,

W'hen the

fast

the best to take until there

appetite that

large, hot-water

exhilarating.

is

is

it

enemas,

Siamene

from twenty-four

to

drink large ((uantities of hot over, an exclusixe fruit diet a freshness

and vigor of the

CARING FOR THE SRK-ROOM.

269

Fruits consist chieHy of water, with a small

amount of

thoroughlv-tlig-ested starch in the forms of fruit-sut;ar. levulose

and various acid

They contain almost

tiavors.

which

nothini;-

important

requires the action of the digesting fluids.

It

that the fruit should enter the stomach in the

form oi smooth

Fruit swallowed in the form of a hard mass

pulp.

hard to digest; therefore

all

When

decaving condition.

fruit,

may

it

ripe,

but not

the dietary consists wholly of

be taken four times a day. and the patient be

allowed to take as also be

should be

fruit

very

is

and seeds should be

fruit skins

The

separated from the pulp. in a

is

much

as he desires.

may

Intestinal asepsis

promoted by an exclusive dietary of acid buttermilk or

The

kumiss.

patient should take three or four glasses several

times daily, say at 7 and 11 o'clock a. m., and at 3 and 7 o'clock

The

M.

p.

exclusive diet of buttermilk or kumiss

is

especially beneficial for that class of patients that are fleshy.

As soon

as the patient's digestive

powers have become

may

enough, the predigested cereal foods Antiseptic dietary

and especially

in

is

the best for

all

strong-

be added.

of those

who

are sick,

typhoid fever and other fevers arising from

disturbances of the alimentary canal

;

also in rheumatic or uric

acid diathesis, in obesity, in indigestion and altered states of tlie

stomach, such as dilatation, prolapsus of the stomach, and

in all all

forms of

Observe antiseptic dietary

liver complaint.

forms of bacterial infection of the stomach or

in jaundice, diseases of the kidneys, malaria

tuberculosis.

It

and

in

intestines,

pulmonary

should be observed in eczema and in

all

other

forms of skin diseases, anemia and acute inflammatory orders.

It

should be practiced in

all

in

dis-

forms of nervous diseases,

such as epilepsy, insanity, hysteria, insomnia and diseases of children in

all

forms.

l)racticed before

injuries

and after

and shocks: also

phine, cocaine see pars.

Especially should antiseptic dietary be

and tobacco

384 and 389. 18

all

in

surgical operations,

and after

the treatment of alcohol,

habits.

For other

mor-

dietetic measures,

SIAMEXE HOME TREATMENT.

270

Judge, as far as possible, from the

what he may

patient,

Xcvcr ask

of food before

it

is

His food,

l-ietite.

it

i)ossil)le.

is

The thought

away

tlie

patient's ap-

slionld never be prepared will

There should never be large quantities placed upon

reach him. it

;

and prepare food accordingly.

zi'oiild like to eat.

pre])ared often takes if

tastes of the

nor where the odors from the cooking

in his presence,

the plate

best relish,

the patient ivJiat he

known

better for the patient to ask for his plate to

is

All food should be prepared in a

be helped the second time.

neat and tasteful manner, and be inviting to the patient.

you are serving the patient with hot drinks, serve them

warm;

not

Hot and

if

you are serving cold drinks, serve them

cold drinks are stimulating tonics, and

warm

If

hot, cold.

drinks

are relaxing.

Highly-seasoned food sick,

most nutritious be observed

which

is

The

;

All idiosyncrasies in the patient

quality.

and

known

it

must be seen

to that he abstains

When

digestion

is

all

the flavor

may

figs

and masticate

be extracted.

weak, and constipation

foods should be eaten,

Bread (par. 336),

must

from that

with him.

to disagree

patient should be advised to eat slowly

the food thoroughly, that

light

never advisable, especially for the

is

but everything should be agreeably flavored and of the

is

present, coarse,

such as Siamene Unleavened

and other

fruits that agree

with the

In such cases, large quantities of water should be

patient.

drunk an hour before each meal. In cases where there sliould

l)e

light fruits

abstained from

—

if

fever, milk, in

is

they agree

;

any form, and

Ijutter

give Siamene Unleavened Bread,

—

broths, teas, etc.

Glossary. A

Center.

Abnormal. Acute.

quick;

energetic;

Active;

short.

Adhesion.

Joining of surfaces; act or

state of sticking.

Adolescence. Youth. Alkaloid. Similar to alkali; an organic basic substance. Amenorrhea. Irregular menstruation. Anatomical. Belonging to anatomy or

Lack

amount

of blood and decreased

of red corpuscles. relieves

life.

parts.

Pertaining to dropsy. Painful or difficult menstruation.

Dropsical. arterial trunk.

Tubular

Artery.

act of destroying

Reduction to integral

Disintegration.

l)ain.

The main

D The

Devitalize.

Anus. Rectal extremity. Medicine which Anodyne. Aorta.

Coalescing. Growing together. Cohesion. Act of sticking together. Coma. Deep stupor or sleep; unconsciousness; lethargy. Congenital. Term applied to malformations or peculiarities which are present at birth. Contracted Muscle. A muscle that has been irritated and become tight

and hard.

dissection.

Anemia.

middle point.

Erectile organ in the female.

Clitoris.

Not natural; unusual.

canal

conveying

Dysmenorrhea.

blood from the heart. Sensation, as a soft blowing of

Aura.

usually preceding an

air,

epileptic

fit.

liquid

Back-bone.

(1)

B The

spine.

(2)

Moral

principle.

Back Bones. Bacteria.

The

vertebral column.

Micro-organisms; germs. Remedies that destroy

Bactericides.

The

membranous

sac

ceiving urine; an internal organ. Of a mild nature; not irritating.

C

A

Capillary.

Carbonaceous.

hair-like blood-vessel.

Pertaining to carbon.

To burn or sear with

Cauterize.

medicine or a hot

iron, as

caus-

mor-

Having

rectum,

of

Emaciation. Becoming lean. Erythrocytes. Red blood corpuscles. Passage connectEustachian Tube. ing pharynx and middle ear. The process of expelling

Excretion.

waste matter from the human body; ejected

matter.

Canal, by means of which the ova leaves the ovary. Canal connecting pharynx Fauces. and mouth. Pertaining to the excrement Fecal. Fallopian Tubes.

discharge of the bowels. Fetid.

Foul,

Filament. Flatulency.

bid flesh.

cells.

per

re-

Bland.

Cellular.

Injection,

nourishment or medicine.

also the

l)acteria.

Bladder.

tic

Enema.

cells or relating to

Flex.

Fossa.

A

offensive odor.

thread or Intestinal

fiber.

wind or gas.

To bend.

A

channel; cavity; hollow. 271

GLOSSARY.

-/Movements.

Friction

produce

Movements

Genital.

generation. of bearing a

The condition

act of carrying

fetus;

young

in the

womb. Groin.

Angular curve above the thigh.

H

ses.

Normal monthly flow of from uterus. Monthly disturbance Menstruation. in the female, in which there is a

Menses. l)lood

The science

Hydrotherapy.

of treat-

ing diseases with water. Any agent that produces Hypnotic.

bloody uterine

A

Menstruum.

sleep.

Mo!ecule. I

A

Idiosyncrasy.

peculiar

tempera-

ment, in which some mediums and foods act in the contrary way. Cutting

Incision.

assimila-

element of food. Handling; manual opManipulation. eration, as massage. Mastitis. Inflammation of the breasts. Menopause. Cessation of menses or change of life. Menorrhagia. Abnormal flow of mention of nutritive

A small nerve center. Pertaining to the organs of

Gestation.

Imperfect

Malassimilation.

G Ganglion.

M

that

Iriction.

into,

as abdominal

mass

flux.

dissolving

fluid.

Smallest subdivision of a possessing individual exist-

ence.

Fibrous bundles of flesh, by which movements of the body are

Muscle.

accomijlished. incision.

infectious.

Communicable by

tion or touch; contagious.

Inherent.

Existing in something, so

as to be inseparable from

it;

nat-

ural.

To communicate, as a disby inserting infectious matter

Inoculate. ease,

The mortal mind; Objective Mind. reasoning power; the sensitive plate receiving and contributing all impressions from the conscious world to the unconscious mind.

Female organ

Ovary.

secreting the

in the skin.

Intercostal.

O

respira-

Between the

ribs.

of generation, ovules before fecun-

dation.

Ozone.

A

valuable antiseptic; potent

oxidizing agent.

Pertaining to secretions of milk, or period during which an in-

P

Lactation.

fant nurses.

attack:

Vessels that permeate the walls of the intestines, suck up the nutritious element of the

disease.

Lacteal Vessels.

food.

TTpper part of trachea or Larynx. windpipe; organ producing voice.

Morbid change of tissues. Leucocytes. White blood corpuscles.

Lesion.

Leucorrhea. Vaginal discharge" of a white color. Lobe. Round part of an organ, as lobule of ear. Loins.

Lumbar

portion of the back.

Pertaining to a sudden pertaining to the crisis of

Paroxysmal.

Pharynx. Musculo-membranous canal through which food passes in its way to the stomach. Pertaining to the afterPlacental. birth.

Plethoric.

Pertaining to the disten-

sion of blood-vessels, due to abnor-

mal amount of blood. Prostate Gland. Gland about urethra at neck of bladder. Ptomaines. Product of animal putrefaction.

GLOSSARY. Prominence covered with hair

Pubes.

just over genitalia.

Pertaining to the

Pubic.

273

Syncope. Fainting; a sudden loss of consciousness.

i)iibes.

T

Two

Testicles.

glandular

bodies

the scrotum, whose function .Mutual

Reciprocity. action;

action

and

re-

reciprocal advantages, obli-

gations or rights.

Rectum. That portion of intestines from colon to anus. Action performed by Reflex Action. any part of the body through both unconscious and conscious the mind, through the afferent and efferent nerves. Pertaining to the kidneys. Agent forcing morbid Revulsive. Renal.

away from a diseased

fluids

part.

is

in

the

secretion of semen.

Therapeutical. Pertaining to the healing art; curative.

Two corresponding glands on each side of the upper part of the throat; they secrete a mucus that assists in the swallowing of food. Toxic. Of a poisonous nature. Trachea. The windpipe; canal trans-

Tonsils.

mitting

air.

Tremor.

Trembling; quivering.

Typho-toxine. Ptomaine poison from typhoid fever patient.

U Saccharine.

Scrotum.

Like sugar. A sac or covering

over

testicles.

Sensations. Knowledge of feeling. Pertaining to a yellowish Serous. fluid

Sheath.

Urea

Uremia.

portion of the blood. An enveloping substance.

Spermatic Cord. Cord about testes. Morbid oozing or Spermatorrhea. wasting away of semen; very weak-

in

Uremic. Pertaining to, or having, uremia. Urethra. Passage through which urine is discharged from bladder. Womb; female organ in Uterus. which product of conception is developed.

V

ening.

Ring-like muscle of Sphincter Ani. anus controlling passage of feces. The back-bone comSpinal Column.

posed of vertebrae. Spine. Bony eminence of vertebra. Splanchnic. Pertaining to the viscera. Spleen. A glandular organ to the left of the stomach. Subconscious. Pertaining to the creative

power

of mind.

The unconscious Subliminal Mind. mind; the first great cause of the dual self.

the blood, causing

l)lood poisoning.

Vasomotor.

Dilators;

nerves that

di-

late the blood-vessels.

Vein.

One

of

which blood

many is

The

Vertebrae.

vessels through

carried to the heart. small,

flat,

round

bones of spinal column. Vesicle.

A

small blister. Applied to secretions of organ abnormally discharged

Vicarious.

one from another. Viscera.

Viscus.

Plural of viscus.

One

the body.

of the internal organs of

Index.

Paragraph. Acid (poison) Carbolic Muriatic

393,412 393, 412 394, 413 395,415 393, 412 407,' 425 268, 282 304

Oxalic Prussic Sulphuric Aconite (poison)

Active Movements Liver, spleen and bowels Active Resisting Movements

Body on hips Body on thigh-joints Elbows Feet in sitting position Feet in standing position

Hands Head on neck Knees Near middle of back Neck on shoulders Shoulder-blade

Thigh

Whole arm Acute Cases Alcohol, habit of

Poison Alkaline Poisons Ammonia (hartshorn)

Lye Potash Oil. bitter

;

Amativeness

Amenorrhea (suppressed menstruation) Poison (hartshorn)

Aorta, arch

Descending Appendicitis Arsenic Artificial Respiration

Asthma

.'

Attribute (see "Faculties") Auto-suggestion 274

251,255 251, 255 251, 255

251,255 251 255 254,' 257 137, 149 '

182

268, 281, 283,

Standing position Active Rotation Movements

Ammonia

258 255

396, 414

Nitric

Almond

Page.

433

302 303 285 294 293 298 289 290 297 301 291 295 300 296 292 299 206 215, 258 427 397, 432 397, 416 416 397, 416 415 266 372 397, 416 73 70 112, 361 398, 417 435

'

225, 227, 240 261. 262

247

'

137, 149, 174

177 149 161 158 169 150 153 166 174 154 162 173 165-

157 170 75 132 257 252, 258 252, 256 256 252, 256 255 136 234 252, 256 28 27 39, 224 252, 256 260 100, 104, 124 134, 135 127 87,

INDEX.

^7:>

Paragraph.

Back Bones Bandage Bed Wetting Bites, dog Insect, snake Black-drops (poison) Bladder Bland Liquids Blotches on Forehead

Bowels

33 439

19

235 443 442 405 109, 242, 363

430 216 28

Lower

Ill, 317

Physical exercises for

304 110

Upper Brachial Plexus Brain, inflammation of Breasts, enlarged Breathing Exercises, classification of Lower chest

40, 66, 124

Burns

342 371 272 274 271 276 275 273 231 348 441

Bust, development of

227, 275

Method Method

of of practicing

Rhythmical

Upper chest Bronchial Tubes Bronchitis

Cancers

313

Carbolic Acid Catarrh, of head

396, 414

Of nose

Post-nasal' Caution, a faculty

Cervical Region, Vertebrae

Nerves

,

of Life

Chest, expansion of

Expansion of upper

193 251, 255

89

33

Chills

339 85 233 8,22 35, 39

32,91,92,205

40, 47, 61, 66

375 227 229 106 405, 423

Circulation

84, 104, 237

Cerebral

207 92 221

Eye General

87, 224,

organs

Lachrymal sac (tear duct)

Neck Nose Clavicle, raising of

Cold Compress Cold in Chest Cholera Morbus

314 220 210-213 221 225 314 230 313

32 115 11,14 20 20, 21, 26, 27 236 104 108 37 253, 257 75 32, 36, 120 34 95 32, 99, 111 194 92 76, 79, 80, 83 95 100 194 111 193 •

Chlorodine (poison) Chronic Cases, treatment of

Internal

262 116 264 264 253 38, 12G, 227 258 87 15 38, 196 182 38 20, 27, 46 207 234 139 139 138 139 139 139 111 211 263 104, 139

85, 218, 219,

Of throat

Change

Page.

230

•

INDEX.

276

Page. 14

Paragraph.

Combativeness

22

Concentration Congestion, brain

87, 212

Internal

Liver Spinal Corrosive Sublimate Constipation Consumption (see "Tuberculosis") Continuity Convulsions

Coughing Croton Oil

Croup Cyanide Potash Cystitis

181, 261, 267

Dietetics, beautifiers

389 384 383 388 385 386 387 390

Carbonates Eliminators Nitrates

Phosphates Refrigerators Digestive Power, cultivate Diphtheria

Distant Treatment Dog Bites Dorsal Region, nerves

253 216 255 227

228 201 123, 193 248 247 247 248 247 247 248 248

90, 140, 233,

353 257 443 42, 48, 61,

6*7

36, 42

Vertebrae

(painful menstruation)

Dyspepsia, nervous

Ear

434 335 374 104

83, 137,

Dullness of hearing Internal troubles of

Earache

Eczema Soft Efflurage

85, 82,

214 214

338 381 382 171, 175

After general spinal treatment Application of Egress, avenues of

26-31

Emergencies

434

230 176

Enema Epilepsy Erythrocytes

31,108

238, 313

Classification of

313, 344 9

'

137 206

268 341 79,229 402 354 415 363

366 329

Douche Drowning Dry Cupping Dysmenorrhea

32,

91 106 212 400, 419 104, 121, 359

Diabetes Diabetic Cure Diarrhea

136 80 34 37 80 252, 256 36, 41, 218

67, 134,

338

33. 54, 115,

214 132 264 20, 21, 26, 27 20 197 259 202 236 3&

32, 53,

204

32, 84 31, 84

204 243 244 65, 66 111 66 15 259 244-246 193, 208 12

INDEX.

2"]^

Paragraph.

Examination of Back Method of mailing

Neck Position for

Pulse Ribs Spine

Eye

137,139 130 138 1 35, 138

221 93, 215. 217 93, 215

Faculties (attributes) DefRnition

Depressors

Governing mental temperament Governing motive temperament Governing vital temperament Primary Secondarv Tonic Twofold nature of Fainting Fallopian Tubes

Fauces Fever Scarlet

Typhoid Of upper portion of body Firmness Flux Fly-paper (poison)

Fomentations Fowler's Solution (poison)

Gastritis

General Treatment Effect of

261, 262

134.135 128 127 59 58 59

245, 264, 265, 266 249, 250, 251

437 119 85 79, 88, 311,

314 378 380 224 264 238 398, 417 315 398, 417

128 129 127, 136 128, 129 261 40 32

31, 33, 190,

194 240 242 99

136 123 252, 256 194 252, 256

217 71

356 190 203

Neck

200, 210. 211,

197, 201

212,213 196, 230 116,241 368 12,13,14,15

Glossarv

Gonorrhea Gout

88 34

250 244 152 151 153 250 251

198 199

Female Germs

51 53 52, 53 51, 52 31, 53, 204 95 34, 87, 88 34, 87 34 88

93 217 217 93

Hands, arms and. shoulders Legs Lungs, stomach, liver and bowels

Spine Generative Organs, male and female

53,54

130, 132, 134, 136 82, 137, 337

Circulation of blood in

Strain

52 49-51

126-130

Impaired vision Inflammation of Muscles of Neuralgia of

Weak

Page.

13.3

317, 377

367

73 72, 73

73 73 73, 76, 79,

80,83 111 40,126 231 72,

12 271-273 195, 239 229

2/8

i.\i)i:x.

H Paragraph.

Page.

Habit

258, 259

Hair, falling

85, 89 85, 86, 218 2, 18, 27. 31.

Headache Health

132, 133

128.248, 251. 260,

Neuralgia of Palpitation of

Weak Heat Hemlock Hemorrhage Hemorrhoids Hydrotherapy

(piles)

32, 91

11,13,15, 50,127, 129, 134,

236

375 96, 138 94 227, 355 346 95 229, 237 106 426 439 236,362 306

Heart, beat of Centers Disease of

32,33

35, 53

35 104, 216

209 35 108, 120 37 257 262 119,227 186

I

116

235

Incontinence of Urine Ingress, avenues of Inhibit Insect Bites, Stings, etc Intestines, disease of

148 442 360

Iodine

404, 422

57 264 224 253, 256

Jamestown Weed

408, 426

254, 257

Kidneys

30, 79, 108,

Disease of

Leucocytes Leucorrhea

(poison) .

.

,

Disease of Physical exercise for Raising the ribs off Lumbar Region, nerves Vertebrae Lunar Caustic

Lye

234

118 82

Liver

Lungs

14, 15

364

Labor Larynx

Laudanum

21-25

405, 423 9

368 107. 183. 227.

228 357 304 228 43, 49. 61. 68 37, 43

403, 421

15, 31. 38.

116 228

40 31 253, 257 12 231 38, 68, 104,"

107 217 182 107 21, 26, 27 20, 21 253, 256

31, 105, 183,

229 416

15.37,68,108 256

279

i.\i)i:x.

Page.

Paragraph.

M Manipulations, classification Of hips

Mechanical

141. 143, 157.

121

63 234 241 254, 257 31 31,34 127 130 128 129 235 235 236 234 233 55, 61 253, 257 14, 53 251, 255 205 21, 61 57 57 58 57 41 55, 57 41

223

99

Mastitis (enlarged breasts)

.'571

Measles Meat, ptomaine poison from Medulla Oblongata Mental Derangements Medicine Conditions for administering

379 409, 428

81 80, 92

object

Laws governing Menorrhagia (excessive menstruation) Menstruation, excessive Painful

Suppressed

•.

Metritis

Mind Morphine Mouth

55, 56, 60, 61

158 165

Of spinal muscles

Its

64 63

167 166

oL'

243 253 249 252 373 373 374 372 370 141. 158 405. 423

.,

,

23. 137

Muriatic Acid

393, 412

Mumps

339

Muscles

46.

Abnormal Healthy Influence of faculties over

Language

of Levator ani

Normal condition of Sphincter

Neck, back muscles of General treatment of

Soreness and stiffness Nephritis (inflammation of the kidneys) Nerves Action of Connecting links Control Cranial Influence of

142, 146

210, 211, 212,

213 212 364

76,79,80,83 80 228

53, 65. 10. 1

142

162 9. 76,

127, 160

115, 125

of

Spinal Spinal sympathetic Centers External branch

Functions of Internal branch Superficial Superorbital. treatment of

Sympathetic Nervous System

'

57 75

Sciatic

Treatment

159

147 146 150 145 121

239 58 60 61 64 62, 63

64

41,64 221 59 54

25, 27, 55

12 62 12. 28. 50, 62 25 28 39. 46 124 26 26 26 26 26 26 20, 26 95 26 25

280

INDEX. Paragraph. Central Controllins;

power (see "Nerves")

General Neuralgia Of eyes Of heart Of temples

55 65 5G 212, 346

217 346 216 216 343

Superorbital

Neurasthenia Nightshade, deadly Nitric Acid

408, 426 393. 412 24, 137, 222,

Nose

339

Catarrh of

Inflammation ot

Treatment of

Opium

and stimulating

(poison)

222 221 219, 220 218, 219 222

Ovaries

405, 423 119. 183, 241,

Ovaritis Oxalic Acid

317 376 394, 413

Pain Killers ( poisons) Paregoric (poison) Paralysis Paris Green (poison) Passive Movements Passive Resisting Movements Passive Rotary Movements Passivity

158, 252, 253,

Patient, care of Pelvic Organs

263 452. 453 114

Plexus Petrassage Application of

74 168-172 169, 170

Methods of application Of temples and forehead Pharyngitis

Pharynx Phosphorus Physical and Mental Culture Combined Physiological Experiments Piles

Pleurisy

Pneumogastric Nerve Pneiimonia Poison Alkaline

Unknown

Page. 25 27 25 80, 209 88 209 87 87 207 254, 257 251, 255 14, 53, 96.

205

85, 218, 219,

Circulation of

Nostrils, spreading

'

32,91,92,96 95 92 91, 92 96

253, 257 40, 68, 126,

195 238 251, 255

405 405, 237, 398, 282,

423 340 417 305

253, 120, 252, 244,

283 286

170 217 233 82 401, 420

287,265-305, 260 163 120, 236, 362 351 57, 71, 104 350 391 397, 432 392, 411

253 257 205 256 185 251 251

61, 129,

130,136 265, 268 39 28 64, 65 64 64 88 115 31 253, 256 149,136, 185, 134 62 41, 119, 227 213 25, 28, 36 212

250 252, 258 250, 255

281

IXDF.X.

Para^iaph. Position, standins I'otash

:Ut7. 41

Pregnancy

2(iit.

Pressure, duration of T.aw of

Remove Rhythm

of

Prussic Acid Ptomaines, poisons from decayed meats

Vegetables

Rectum Internal

2ii2 14:'.. 1

Gl

1

48,

;:95. 4o;), 4()i).

Quinsy

treatment

120 236

41 119 16, 22 149 32 231 80, 229

51

282 84 367

Ribs, abnormal condition Adjustment of

Normal condition Raising of Rotary Movements "Rough on Rats" (poison)

Sacral Region, nerves of

Vertebrae Salivation Salt

212, 367

135 232 135 228

52 .

268. 284, 288

417

44, 50. 69 38, 44

79

Glow

Scalds Scarlet Fever

312 441 378 115. 239. 328

Sciatica Self Esteem

Shock Shoulder, muscles of Rotation of Siamene Antiseptic Wash Bacteria Killer

Bath Powder Douche Catarrh Cure Cold Bath Diuretic Mixture Dyspepsia Tablets Friction Bath, male

Female Its

171 415 428 428

Philosophy

Fruit Laxative

Gonorrhea Specific Laxative Lozenges

73 60 62 57, 65 251, 255 254, 257 254, 257 56,

115

Resisting Movements Respiration Killer

150

233

Reference Column

Rheumatic Germ Rheumatism

()

:!17. :;0;t

Page. 177, 178, 184 252, 256 75, 195, 2:52

265 438 227 226 327 326 330 319 311 334 332 316 317 317 320 325 321

112 52

107 137, 149, 150 256

21, 27

21 31 192 263 240 39, 124, 200 136 261 104 103 200 200 201 197 198 190 202 199 195 195 195 198 199 199 20,

2^2

INDEX. Page.

Paragraph.

Medicated Sweat Bath No. 1 Medicated Sweat Bath No. 2 Medicated Tub Sweat

307 309 310 184 185 216 318 187 186 189 329 333 329 328 331 32

Movement Application

of

To temples and forehead Nerve Food Application to abdomen Application to back Effect of

Pain Liniment Rectal Suppositories

Rheumatic Germ Killer Rheumatic Oil Soap Treating Chart No. Treating Chart No. Unleavened Bread Uterine Tablets Tonic Suppositories Sick-room Sitz Bath Skin

I.

II.

Its Its

design design

187 188 189 68 68 87 198 69 69 69 201 202 200 200 201 19 25 203 199 199 199 265 187

'

'

52

Snake Bites

336 324 323 322 444 308 25.29 242

Sneezing Solar Plexus

72,

Speech, defective

215

Spermatic Cord

119, 241

79

Spinal Column Cord, inflammation of Treatment of vertebrae of Spine, anemia of

104

15

126 31 28, 36 87 40, 126

33

342 237 237 104

Soreness of Spleen

107, 232, 358

Physical exercises Raising ribs off Stimulants

304 228 431

Stomach

97, 103, 227,

232,314 356

Disease of General treatment of Lower end Raising ribs off Upper end Strychnine

406, 424

Suffocation

436

Sugar of Lead Suggestion

399, 418

102, 199

101 228 98

Mental Oral Physical Sulphuric Acid

Sweating Compress

112,194 217 36, 73

408 313

173 174

65 65

393, 412

Sumac

35, 36, 104,

36 107 36 254, 257 260 252, 256 127 132 131 131 131 251, 255 254 193

246 257 255 254 256

Distant

19

207 120 120 36 75, 112, 218 182 107 258

T Tapotment Methods

of application

283

ixni:x.

Paragraph. Tartar Emetic

Tendons

419 345 144 152 155 151 153 4«

Testicles Tetter

381

Thoughts

1-8, 10, 11, 18,

Throat Treatment of

85, 90,

Tetanus

Temperament, leading Mental Mixed Motive Vital

119.241,317

14,261 137 233, 339 408, 426 215, 258 408, 426

Toadstools Tobacco Habit Poison

Tongue Tonsillitis

85 218 440 352

Tonsils

82, 85, 233,

Toothache Tooth, bleeding of

339

Trachea Treatment of Back Bones Of abdomen For bed wetting

73

237 113 235 219 204 238 257 214

Of bridge of nose Of children and feeble people Of diarrhea and flux Distant For ear General (see "General Treatment") Of hips Of kidneys For lachrymal sac (tear duct) Local Of lower spinal muscles

Method

166 234 220 205, 230

165 165, 194

of

For mental temperament For motive temperament For vital temperament Neck, back muscles of Of nose

152 151

153 223 218, 219

Bridge of

219 218 222

Sides of

For

nostrils,

Position

spreading and stimulating

164, 195

for

Preparation of patient for Of rectum

Response

192 236 149 154 165 221

to

Silent For spinal muscles Of superorbital nerve Table for Petrassage of temple and forehead Siamene Movement of temple and forehead. Vibration of temple and forehead Of throat Of upper spinal muscles

191 217 .

.

.210

215 233 165

Page. 256 209 56 59 60 58 59 21

40,126,195 243 11, 12, 13,

15,134 32, 33. 53

115, 205 254, 257

132

87,

254, 257

32 91 263 214 31, 32, 115,

205 28 120 39

116 92 74 123 132 84

63 116 92 74, 111 63 65, 71 59 58 59 99 91, 92 92 91 96 63, 71 71 119 57

60 63 95 71 88 87 87 115 63

INDEX.

284

Paragraph.

Of vasomotor centers

224 349

Tuberculosis

Pulmonary

227. 230. 349

225 380

Early stages

Typhoid Fever

Page. 99 211 104, 111. 211 100 242

U Uric Acid

.

.

.

228

365

;

Uterus

117, 183, 214,

40, G8, 126,

317 369

Displacements of

195 232

V Veratrum Viride (poison) Vegetables, ptomaine poison Vena Cava

407, 425 409, 428

fj-om

170 148 177-183 180 178 179 215 113 26G 79, 99, 429

Vibrate Vibration (circular) Finger

Rapid Slow Of temple and forehead Viscera, abdominal Vitativeness

Vomiting

254, 257 254, 257

64 57 66, 68 67 66 67 87 83 31, 36,

136 257

W Whooping-cough

347

Wni

141, 182, 253,

Wounds Wrinkles

in

General

210 55. 68, 130.

250 382 216

128 244 87

1 15

7

6.

14 DAY USE RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED

LOAN

DEPT.

due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to which renewed. Renewals only: Tel. No. 642-3405 Renewals may be made 4 days prior to date due. Renewed books are subjea to immediate recall. This book

is

FFR

BEC'PLP

T r%r.i

A

crt

/ P^^mc'^n^d^K (P2001sl0)47b

.m

o

A-32 —1^9 •

^^

'"7C

-10

AM 7

General Library University of California Berkeley

YU 03^14